Group
Guide to the Secure Configuration of Oracle Linux 8
Group contains 63 groups and 206 rules |
Group
System Settings
Group contains 48 groups and 149 rules |
[ref]
Contains rules that check correct system settings. |
Group
Installing and Maintaining Software
Group contains 9 groups and 38 rules |
[ref]
The following sections contain information on
security-relevant choices during the initial operating system
installation process and the setup of software
updates. |
Group
System and Software Integrity
Group contains 4 groups and 11 rules |
[ref]
System and software integrity can be gained by installing antivirus, increasing
system encryption strength with FIPS, verifying installed software, enabling SELinux,
installing an Intrusion Prevention System, etc. However, installing or enabling integrity
checking tools cannot prevent intrusions, but they can detect that an intrusion
may have occurred. Requirements for integrity checking may be highly dependent on
the environment in which the system will be used. Snapshot-based approaches such
as AIDE may induce considerable overhead in the presence of frequent software updates. |
Group
Software Integrity Checking
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
Both the AIDE (Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment)
software and the RPM package management system provide
mechanisms for verifying the integrity of installed software.
AIDE uses snapshots of file metadata (such as hashes) and compares these
to current system files in order to detect changes.
The RPM package management system can conduct integrity
checks by comparing information in its metadata database with
files installed on the system. |
Group
Verify Integrity with AIDE
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
AIDE conducts integrity checks by comparing information about
files with previously-gathered information. Ideally, the AIDE database is
created immediately after initial system configuration, and then again after any
software update. AIDE is highly configurable, with further configuration
information located in /usr/share/doc/aide-VERSION
. |
Rule
Install AIDE
[ref] | The aide package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install aide
| Rationale: | The AIDE package must be installed if it is to be available for integrity checking. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_aide_installed | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.3 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-002696, CCI-001744 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6 | ism | 1034, 1288, 1341, 1417 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3 | pcidss | Req-11.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | stigid | OL08-00-010359 | anssi | R76, R79 | pcidss4 | 11.5.2 | stigref | SV-252654r958944_rule |
| |
|
Group
Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS)
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) is a computer security standard which
is developed by the U.S. Government and industry working groups to validate the quality
of cryptographic modules. The FIPS standard provides four security levels to ensure
adequate coverage of different industries, implementation of cryptographic modules, and
organizational sizes and requirements.
FIPS 140-2 is the current standard for validating that mechanisms used to access cryptographic modules
utilize authentication that meets industry and government requirements. For government systems, this allows
Security Levels 1, 2, 3, or 4 for use on Oracle Linux 8.
See http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsFIPS.html for more information. |
Rule
Enable Dracut FIPS Module
[ref] | To enable FIPS mode, run the following command:
fips-mode-setup --enable
To enable FIPS, the system requires that the fips module is added in dracut configuration.
Check if /etc/dracut.conf.d/40-fips.conf contain add_dracutmodules+=" fips "
Warning:
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. Warning:
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use cryptographic-based security
systems to protect sensitive information in computer and telecommunication systems
(including voice systems) as defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology
Management Reform Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in designing
and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal departments and agencies operate or are
operated for them under contract.
See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by a vendor that has
undergone this certification. This means providing documentation, test results, design
information, and independent third party review by an accredited lab. While open source
software is capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor submits to
this process. | Rationale: | Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to
protect data. The operating system must implement cryptographic modules adhering to the higher
standards approved by the federal government since this provides assurance they have been tested
and validated. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_enable_dracut_fips_module | References: | disa | CCI-002450, CCI-000068, CCI-002418, CCI-000877 | ism | 1446 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | SC-12(2), SC-12(3), IA-7, SC-13, CM-6(a), SC-12 | ospp | FCS_RBG_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000478-GPOS-00223 | stigid | OL08-00-010020 | stigref | SV-248524r958408_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable FIPS Mode
[ref] |
To enable FIPS mode, run the following command:
fips-mode-setup --enable
The fips-mode-setup command will configure the system in
FIPS mode by automatically configuring the following:
- Setting the kernel FIPS mode flag (
/proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled ) to 1
- Creating
/etc/system-fips
- Setting the system crypto policy in
/etc/crypto-policies/config to FIPS:OSPP
- Loading the Dracut
fips module
Warning:
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. | Rationale: | Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to
protect data. The operating system must implement cryptographic modules adhering to the higher
standards approved by the federal government since this provides assurance they have been tested
and validated. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_enable_fips_mode | References: | disa | CCI-002450, CCI-000068, CCI-002418, CCI-000877 | ism | 1446 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-3(6), SC-12(2), SC-12(3), IA-7, SC-13, CM-6(a), SC-12 | ospp | FCS_COP.1(1), FCS_COP.1(2), FCS_COP.1(3), FCS_COP.1(4), FCS_CKM.1, FCS_CKM.2, FCS_TLSC_EXT.1, FCS_RBG_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000478-GPOS-00223, SRG-OS-000396-GPOS-00176 | stigid | OL08-00-010020 | stigref | SV-248524r958408_rule |
| |
|
Group
System Cryptographic Policies
Group contains 8 rules |
[ref]
Linux has the capability to centrally configure cryptographic polices. The command
update-crypto-policies is used to set the policy applicable for the various
cryptographic back-ends, such as SSL/TLS libraries. The configured cryptographic
policies will be the default policy used by these backends unless the application
user configures them otherwise. When the system has been configured to use the
centralized cryptographic policies, the administrator is assured that any application
that utilizes the supported backends will follow a policy that adheres to the
configured profile.
Currently the supported backends are:
- GnuTLS library
- OpenSSL library
- NSS library
- OpenJDK
- Libkrb5
- BIND
- OpenSSH
Applications and languages which rely on any of these backends will follow the
system policies as well. Examples are apache httpd, nginx, php, and others. |
Rule
Install crypto-policies package
[ref] | The crypto-policies package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install crypto-policies
| Rationale: | Centralized cryptographic policies simplify applying secure ciphers across an operating system and
the applications that run on that operating system. Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms
undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to protect data. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_crypto-policies_installed | References: | disa | CCI-002890, CCI-002450, CCI-003123 | ospp | FCS_COP.1(1), FCS_COP.1(2), FCS_COP.1(3), FCS_COP.1(4), FCS_CKM.1, FCS_CKM.2, FCS_TLSC_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000396-GPOS-00176, SRG-OS-000393-GPOS-00173, SRG-OS-000394-GPOS-00174 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure BIND to use System Crypto Policy
[ref] | Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages.
BIND is supported by crypto policy, but the BIND configuration may be
set up to ignore it.
To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, ensure that the /etc/named.conf
includes the appropriate configuration:
In the options section of /etc/named.conf , make sure that the following line
is not commented out or superseded by later includes:
include "/etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/bind.config";
| Rationale: | Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the BIND service violate expectations,
and makes system configuration more fragmented. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_bind_crypto_policy | References: | disa | CCI-002418, CCI-002422 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | SC-13, SC-12(2), SC-12(3) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000423-GPOS-00187, SRG-OS-000426-GPOS-00190 | stigid | OL08-00-010020 | stigref | SV-248524r958408_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Configure System Cryptography Policy
[ref] | To configure the system cryptography policy to use ciphers only from the FIPS:OSPP
policy, run the following command:
$ sudo update-crypto-policies --set FIPS:OSPP
The rule checks if settings for selected crypto policy are configured as expected. Configuration files in the /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends are either symlinks to correct files provided by Crypto-policies package or they are regular files in case crypto policy customizations are applied.
Crypto policies may be customized by crypto policy modules, in which case it is delimited from the base policy using a colon. Warning:
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. Warning:
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by
a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means providing
documentation, test results, design information, and independent third
party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. | Rationale: | Centralized cryptographic policies simplify applying secure ciphers across an operating system and
the applications that run on that operating system. Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms
undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to protect data. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_crypto_policy | References: | disa | CCI-000068, CCI-003123, CCI-002450, CCI-000877, CCI-002418, CCI-001453, CCI-002890 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | ism | 1446 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R7.1 | nist | AC-17(a), AC-17(2), CM-6(a), MA-4(6), SC-13, SC-12(2), SC-12(3) | ospp | FCS_COP.1(1), FCS_COP.1(2), FCS_COP.1(3), FCS_COP.1(4), FCS_CKM.1, FCS_CKM.2, FCS_TLSC_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000396-GPOS-00176, SRG-OS-000393-GPOS-00173, SRG-OS-000394-GPOS-00174 | stigid | OL08-00-010020 | pcidss4 | 2.2.7, 2.2 | stigref | SV-248524r958408_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Configure Kerberos to use System Crypto Policy
[ref] | Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages.
Kerberos is supported by crypto policy, but it's configuration may be
set up to ignore it.
To check that Crypto Policies settings for Kerberos are configured correctly, examine that there is a symlink at
/etc/krb5.conf.d/crypto-policies targeting /etc/cypto-policies/back-ends/krb5.config.
If the symlink exists, Kerberos is configured to use the system-wide crypto policy settings. | Rationale: | Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of Kerberos violate expectations,
and makes system configuration more fragmented. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_kerberos_crypto_policy | References: | | |
|
Rule
Configure Libreswan to use System Crypto Policy
[ref] | Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages.
Libreswan is supported by system crypto policy, but the Libreswan configuration may be
set up to ignore it.
To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, ensure that the /etc/ipsec.conf
includes the appropriate configuration file.
In /etc/ipsec.conf , make sure that the following line
is not commented out or superseded by later includes:
include /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/libreswan.config
| Rationale: | Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the Libreswan
service violate expectations, and makes system configuration more
fragmented. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_libreswan_crypto_policy | References: | | |
|
Rule
Configure OpenSSL library to use System Crypto Policy
[ref] | Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages.
OpenSSL is supported by crypto policy, but the OpenSSL configuration may be
set up to ignore it.
To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, you have to examine the OpenSSL config file
available under /etc/pki/tls/openssl.cnf .
This file has the ini format, and it enables crypto policy support
if there is a [ crypto_policy ] section that contains the .include /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/opensslcnf.config directive. | Rationale: | Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the Java runtime violates expectations,
and makes system configuration more fragmented. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_openssl_crypto_policy | References: | disa | CCI-001453 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R7.1 | nist | AC-17(a), AC-17(2), CM-6(a), MA-4(6), SC-13, SC-12(2), SC-12(3) | pcidss | Req-2.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093 | stigid | OL08-00-010293 | stigref | SV-248564r991554_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Configure SSH to use System Crypto Policy
[ref] | Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages.
SSH is supported by crypto policy, but the SSH configuration may be
set up to ignore it.
To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, ensure that
the CRYPTO_POLICY variable is either commented or not set at all
in the /etc/sysconfig/sshd . | Rationale: | Overriding the system crypto policy makes the behavior of the SSH service violate expectations,
and makes system configuration more fragmented. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_ssh_crypto_policy | References: | disa | CCI-001453 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R7.1 | nist | AC-17(a), AC-17(2), CM-6(a), MA-4(6), SC-13 | ospp | FCS_SSH_EXT.1, FCS_SSHS_EXT.1, FCS_SSHC_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-2.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000250-GPOS-00093 | stigid | OL08-00-010287 | pcidss4 | 2.2.7, 2.2 | stigref | SV-248560r991554_rule |
| |
|
Rule
OpenSSL uses strong entropy source
[ref] | By default, OpenSSL doesn't always use a SP800-90A compliant random number generator.
A way to configure OpenSSL to always use a strong source is to setup a wrapper that
defines a shell function that shadows the actual openssl binary,
and that ensures that the -rand /dev/random option is added to every openssl invocation.
To do so, place the following shell snippet exactly as-is to /etc/profile.d/openssl-rand.sh :
# provide a default -rand /dev/random option to openssl commands that
# support it
# written inefficiently for maximum shell compatibility
openssl()
(
openssl_bin=/usr/bin/openssl
case "$*" in
# if user specified -rand, honor it
*\ -rand\ *|*\ -help*) exec $openssl_bin "$@" ;;
esac
cmds=`$openssl_bin list -digest-commands -cipher-commands | tr '\n' ' '`
for i in `$openssl_bin list -commands`; do
if $openssl_bin list -options "$i" | grep -q '^rand '; then
cmds=" $i $cmds"
fi
done
case "$cmds" in
*\ "$1"\ *)
cmd="$1"; shift
exec $openssl_bin "$cmd" -rand /dev/random "$@" ;;
esac
exec $openssl_bin "$@"
)
Warning:
This setting can cause problems on computers without the hardware random generator, because insufficient entropy blocks the program until enough entropy is available. | Rationale: | This rule ensures that openssl invocations always uses SP800-90A compliant random number generator as a default behavior. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_openssl_use_strong_entropy | References: | | |
|
Group
Disk Partitioning
Group contains 5 rules |
[ref]
To ensure separation and protection of data, there
are top-level system directories which should be placed on their
own physical partition or logical volume. The installer's default
partitioning scheme creates separate logical volumes for
/ , /boot , and swap .
- If starting with any of the default layouts, check the box to
\"Review and modify partitioning.\" This allows for the easy creation
of additional logical volumes inside the volume group already
created, though it may require making
/ 's logical volume smaller to
create space. In general, using logical volumes is preferable to
using partitions because they can be more easily adjusted
later. - If creating a custom layout, create the partitions mentioned in
the previous paragraph (which the installer will require anyway),
as well as separate ones described in the following sections.
If a system has already been installed, and the default
partitioning
scheme was used, it is possible but nontrivial to
modify it to create separate logical volumes for the directories
listed above. The Logical Volume Manager (LVM) makes this possible. |
Rule
Ensure /home Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | If user home directories will be stored locally, create a separate partition
for /home at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If
/home will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then
creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the
mountpoint can instead be configured later. | Rationale: | Ensuring that /home is mounted on its own partition enables the
setting of more restrictive mount options, and also helps ensure that
users cannot trivially fill partitions used for log or audit data storage. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_home | References: | cis-csc | 12, 15, 8 | cobit5 | APO13.01, DSS05.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3 | nist | CM-6(a), SC-5(2) | nist-csf | PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010800 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248648r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure /var Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | The /var directory is used by daemons and other system
services to store frequently-changing data. Ensure that /var has its own partition
or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM. | Rationale: | Ensuring that /var is mounted on its own partition enables the
setting of more restrictive mount options. This helps protect
system services such as daemons or other programs which use it.
It is not uncommon for the /var directory to contain
world-writable directories installed by other software packages. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var | References: | cis-csc | 12, 15, 8 | cobit5 | APO13.01, DSS05.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3 | nist | CM-6(a), SC-5(2) | nist-csf | PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010540 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248608r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure /var/log Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | System logs are stored in the /var/log directory.
Ensure that /var/log has its own partition or logical
volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM. | Rationale: | Placing /var/log in its own partition
enables better separation between log files
and other files in /var/ . | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_log | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6, 8 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AU-4, SC-5(2) | nist-csf | PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010541 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248609r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure /var/log/audit Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | Audit logs are stored in the /var/log/audit directory.
Ensure that /var/log/audit has its own partition or logical
volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.
Make absolutely certain that it is large enough to store all
audit logs that will be created by the auditing daemon. | Rationale: | Placing /var/log/audit in its own partition
enables better separation between audit files
and other files, and helps ensure that
auditing cannot be halted due to the partition running out
of space. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_log_audit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001849 | hipaa | 164.312(a)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AU-4, SC-5(2) | nist-csf | PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000341-GPOS-00132, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000357-CTR-000800 | stigid | OL08-00-010542 | anssi | R71 | stigref | SV-248610r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure /var/tmp Located On Separate Partition
[ref] | The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used
for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or
logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM. | Rationale: | The /var/tmp partition is used as temporary storage by many programs.
Placing /var/tmp in its own partition enables the setting of more
restrictive mount options, which can help protect programs which use it. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_partition_for_var_tmp | References: | | |
|
Group
Sudo
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Sudo , which stands for "su 'do'", provides the ability to delegate authority
to certain users, groups of users, or system administrators. When configured for system
users and/or groups, Sudo can allow a user or group to execute privileged commands
that normally only root is allowed to execute.
For more information on Sudo and addition Sudo configuration options, see
https://www.sudo.ws. |
Rule
Install sudo Package
[ref] | The sudo package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install sudo
| Rationale: | sudo is a program designed to allow a system administrator to give
limited root privileges to users and log root activity. The basic philosophy
is to give as few privileges as possible but still allow system users to
get their work done.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_sudo_installed | References: | | |
|
Group
System Tooling / Utilities
Group contains 13 rules |
[ref]
The following checks evaluate the system for recommended base packages -- both for installation
and removal. |
Rule
Ensure gnutls-utils is installed
[ref] | The gnutls-utils package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install gnutls-utils
| Rationale: | GnuTLS is a secure communications library implementing the SSL, TLS and DTLS
protocols and technologies around them. It provides a simple C language
application programming interface (API) to access the secure communications
protocols as well as APIs to parse and write X.509, PKCS #12, OpenPGP and
other required structures.
This package contains command line TLS client and server and certificate
manipulation tools. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_gnutls-utils_installed | References: | disa | CCI-000366 | ospp | FIA_X509_EXT.1, FIA_X509_EXT.1.1, FIA_X509_EXT.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Install openscap-scanner Package
[ref] | The openscap-scanner package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install openscap-scanner
| Rationale: | openscap-scanner contains the oscap command line tool. This tool is a
configuration and vulnerability scanner, capable of performing compliance checking using
SCAP content.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openscap-scanner_installed | References: | ospp | AGD_PRE.1, AGD_OPE.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000191-GPOS-00080 |
| |
|
Rule
Install scap-security-guide Package
[ref] | The scap-security-guide package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install scap-security-guide
| Rationale: | The scap-security-guide package provides a guide for configuration of the system
from the final system's security point of view. The guidance is specified in the Security
Content Automation Protocol (SCAP) format and constitutes a catalog of practical hardening
advice, linked to government requirements where applicable. The SCAP Security Guide project
bridges the gap between generalized policy requirements and specific implementation guidelines.
A system administrator can use the oscap CLI tool from the openscap-scanner
package, or the SCAP Workbench GUI tool from the scap-workbench package, to verify
that the system conforms to provided guidelines. Refer to the scap-security-guide(8) manual
page for futher information. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_scap-security-guide_installed | References: | ospp | AGD_PRE.1, AGD_OPE.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Uninstall abrt-addon-ccpp Package
[ref] | The abrt-addon-ccpp package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase abrt-addon-ccpp
| Rationale: | abrt-addon-ccpp contains hooks for C/C++ crashed programs and abrt 's
C/C++ analyzer plugin.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_abrt-addon-ccpp_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Uninstall abrt-addon-kerneloops Package
[ref] | The abrt-addon-kerneloops package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase abrt-addon-kerneloops
| Rationale: | abrt-addon-kerneloops contains plugins for collecting kernel crash information and
reporter plugin which sends this information to a specified server, usually to kerneloops.org.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_abrt-addon-kerneloops_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Uninstall abrt-cli Package
[ref] | The abrt-cli package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase abrt-cli
| Rationale: | abrt-cli contains a command line client for controlling abrt daemon
over sockets.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_abrt-cli_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Uninstall abrt-plugin-sosreport Package
[ref] | The abrt-plugin-sosreport package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase abrt-plugin-sosreport
| Rationale: | abrt-plugin-sosreport provides a plugin to include an sosreport in an ABRT report.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_abrt-plugin-sosreport_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Uninstall gssproxy Package
[ref] | The gssproxy package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase gssproxy
| Rationale: | gssproxy is a proxy for GSS API credential handling.
Kerberos relies on some key derivation functions that may not
be compatible with some site policies such as FIPS 140.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_gssproxy_removed | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-000381 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040370 | stigref | SV-248904r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Uninstall iprutils Package
[ref] | The iprutils package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase iprutils
| Rationale: | iprutils provides a suite of utlilities to manage and configure SCSI devices
supported by the ipr SCSI storage device driver.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_iprutils_removed | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-000381 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040380 | stigref | SV-248905r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Uninstall krb5-workstation Package
[ref] | The krb5-workstation package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase krb5-workstation
| Rationale: | Kerberos is a network authentication system. The krb5-workstation package contains the basic
Kerberos programs (kinit , klist , kdestroy , kpasswd ). | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_krb5-workstation_removed | References: | disa | CCI-000803 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061 | stigid | OL08-00-010162 | stigref | SV-248546r971535_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Uninstall libreport-plugin-logger Package
[ref] | The libreport-plugin-logger package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase libreport-plugin-logger
| Rationale: | libreport-plugin-logger is a ABRT plugin to report bugs into the
Oracle Linux Support system.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_libreport-plugin-logger_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Uninstall libreport-plugin-rhtsupport Package
[ref] | The libreport-plugin-rhtsupport package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase libreport-plugin-rhtsupport
| Rationale: | libreport-plugin-rhtsupport is a ABRT plugin to report bugs into the
Red Hat Support system.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_libreport-plugin-rhtsupport_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Uninstall python3-abrt-addon Package
[ref] | The python3-abrt-addon package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase python3-abrt-addon
| Rationale: | python3-abrt-addon contains python hook and python analyzer
plugin for handling uncaught exceptions in python programs.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_python3-abrt-addon_removed | References: | | |
|
Group
Updating Software
Group contains 8 rules |
[ref]
The yum command line tool is used to install and
update software packages. The system also provides a graphical
software update tool in the System menu, in the Administration submenu,
called Software Update.
Oracle Linux 8 systems contain an installed software catalog called
the RPM database, which records metadata of installed packages. Consistently using
yum or the graphical Software Update for all software installation
allows for insight into the current inventory of installed software on the system.
|
Rule
Install dnf-automatic Package
[ref] | The dnf-automatic package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install dnf-automatic
| Rationale: | dnf-automatic is an alternative command line interface (CLI)
to dnf upgrade suitable for automatic, regular execution.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_dnf-automatic_installed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Configure dnf-automatic to Install Available Updates Automatically
[ref] | To ensure that the packages comprising the available updates will be automatically installed by dnf-automatic , set apply_updates to yes under [commands] section in /etc/dnf/automatic.conf . | Rationale: | Installing software updates is a fundamental mitigation against
the exploitation of publicly-known vulnerabilities. If the most
recent security patches and updates are not installed, unauthorized
users may take advantage of weaknesses in the unpatched software. The
lack of prompt attention to patching could result in a system compromise.
The automated installation of updates ensures that recent security patches
are applied in a timely manner. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dnf-automatic_apply_updates | References: | ism | 0940, 1144, 1467, 1472, 1483, 1493, 1494, 1495 | nist | SI-2(5), CM-6(a), SI-2(c) | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000805-GPOS-00260 | anssi | R61 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure dnf-automatic to Install Only Security Updates
[ref] | To configure dnf-automatic to install only security updates
automatically, set upgrade_type to security under
[commands] section in /etc/dnf/automatic.conf . | Rationale: | By default, dnf-automatic installs all available updates.
Reducing the amount of updated packages only to updates that were
issued as a part of a security advisory increases the system stability. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dnf-automatic_security_updates_only | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure gpgcheck Enabled In Main yum Configuration
[ref] | The gpgcheck option controls whether
RPM packages' signatures are always checked prior to installation.
To configure yum to check package signatures before installing
them, ensure the following line appears in /etc/yum.conf in
the [main] section:
gpgcheck=1
| Rationale: | Changes to any software components can have significant effects on the
overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the
software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a
trusted vendor.
Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system
components must be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the
organization.
Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation
validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor.
This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been
provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by
this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an
approved Certificate Authority (CA). | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated | References: | cis-csc | 11, 2, 3, 9 | cjis | 5.10.4.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.4.8 | disa | CCI-003992 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), SA-12, SA-12(10), CM-11(a), CM-11(b) | nist-csf | PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1 | ospp | FPT_TUD_EXT.1, FPT_TUD_EXT.2 | pcidss | Req-6.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153 | stigid | OL08-00-010370 | anssi | R59 | pcidss4 | 6.3.3, 6.3 | stigref | SV-248574r1015031_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure gpgcheck Enabled for Local Packages
[ref] | yum should be configured to verify the signature(s) of local packages
prior to installation. To configure yum to verify signatures of local
packages, set the localpkg_gpgcheck to 1 in /etc/yum.conf .
| Rationale: | Changes to any software components can have significant effects to the overall security
of the operating system. This requirement ensures the software has not been tampered and
has been provided by a trusted vendor.
Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system components must
be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the organization. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_gpgcheck_local_packages | References: | cis-csc | 11, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05 | cui | 3.4.8 | disa | CCI-003992 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | CM-11(a), CM-11(b), CM-6(a), CM-5(3), SA-12, SA-12(10) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1 | ospp | FPT_TUD_EXT.1, FPT_TUD_EXT.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153 | stigid | OL08-00-010371 | anssi | R59 | stigref | SV-248575r1015032_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure gpgcheck Enabled for All yum Package Repositories
[ref] | To ensure signature checking is not disabled for
any repos, remove any lines from files in /etc/yum.repos.d of the form:
gpgcheck=0
| Rationale: | Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates
the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures
the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a
trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this
requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an
approved Certificate Authority (CA)." | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_gpgcheck_never_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 2, 3, 9 | cjis | 5.10.4.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.4.8 | disa | CCI-003992 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), SA-12, SA-12(10), CM-11(a), CM-11(b) | nist-csf | PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1 | ospp | FPT_TUD_EXT.1, FPT_TUD_EXT.2 | pcidss | Req-6.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153 | stigid | OL08-00-010370 | anssi | R59 | pcidss4 | 6.3.3, 6.3 | stigref | SV-248574r1015031_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure Oracle Linux GPG Key Installed
[ref] | To ensure the system can cryptographically verify base software
packages come from Oracle (and to connect to the Unbreakable Linux Network to
receive them), the Oracle GPG key must properly be installed.
To install the Oracle GPG key, run:
$ sudo uln_register
If the system is not connected to the Internet,
then install the Oracle GPG key from trusted media such as
the Oracle installation CD-ROM or DVD. Assuming the disc is mounted
in /media/cdrom , use the following command as the root user to import
it into the keyring:
$ sudo rpm --import /media/cdrom/RPM-GPG-KEY-oracle
Alternatively, the key may be pre-loaded during the Oracle installation. In
such cases, the key can be installed by running the following command:
sudo rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-oracle
| Rationale: | Changes to software components can have significant effects on the
overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures
the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided
by a trusted vendor. The Oracle GPG key is necessary to
cryptographically verify packages are from Oracle. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_oracle_gpgkey_installed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 2, 3, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-001749 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), CM-11(a), CM-11(b) | nist-csf | PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1 | pcidss | Req-6.2 | stigid | OL08-00-010019 | cis | 1.2.2 | anssi | R59 | stigref | SV-256978r1015073_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable dnf-automatic Timer
[ref] |
The dnf-automatic timer can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable dnf-automatic.timer
| Rationale: | The dnf-automatic is an alternative command line interface (CLI) to dnf upgrade with specific facilities to make it suitable to be executed automatically and regularly from systemd timers, cron jobs and similar.
The tool is controlled by dnf-automatic.timer SystemD timer. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_timer_dnf-automatic_enabled | References: | | |
|
Group
Account and Access Control
Group contains 13 groups and 30 rules |
[ref]
In traditional Unix security, if an attacker gains
shell access to a certain login account, they can perform any action
or access any file to which that account has access. Therefore,
making it more difficult for unauthorized people to gain shell
access to accounts, particularly to privileged accounts, is a
necessary part of securing a system. This section introduces
mechanisms for restricting access to accounts under
Oracle Linux 8. |
Group
Protect Accounts by Configuring PAM
Group contains 3 groups and 12 rules |
[ref]
PAM, or Pluggable Authentication Modules, is a system
which implements modular authentication for Linux programs. PAM provides
a flexible and configurable architecture for authentication, and it should be configured
to minimize exposure to unnecessary risk. This section contains
guidance on how to accomplish that.
PAM is implemented as a set of shared objects which are
loaded and invoked whenever an application wishes to authenticate a
user. Typically, the application must be running as root in order
to take advantage of PAM, because PAM's modules often need to be able
to access sensitive stores of account information, such as /etc/shadow.
Traditional privileged network listeners
(e.g. sshd) or SUID programs (e.g. sudo) already meet this
requirement. An SUID root application, userhelper, is provided so
that programs which are not SUID or privileged themselves can still
take advantage of PAM.
PAM looks in the directory /etc/pam.d for
application-specific configuration information. For instance, if
the program login attempts to authenticate a user, then PAM's
libraries follow the instructions in the file /etc/pam.d/login
to determine what actions should be taken.
One very important file in /etc/pam.d is
/etc/pam.d/system-auth . This file, which is included by
many other PAM configuration files, defines 'default' system authentication
measures. Modifying this file is a good way to make far-reaching
authentication changes, for instance when implementing a
centralized authentication service. Warning:
Be careful when making changes to PAM's configuration files.
The syntax for these files is complex, and modifications can
have unexpected consequences. The default configurations shipped
with applications should be sufficient for most users. |
Group
Set Lockouts for Failed Password Attempts
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
The pam_faillock PAM module provides the capability to
lock out user accounts after a number of failed login attempts. Its
documentation is available in
/usr/share/doc/pam-VERSION/txts/README.pam_faillock .
Warning:
Locking out user accounts presents the
risk of a denial-of-service attack. The lockout policy
must weigh whether the risk of such a
denial-of-service attack outweighs the benefits of thwarting
password guessing attacks. |
Rule
Limit Password Reuse
[ref] | Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords. This can be accomplished by using the
remember option for the pam_unix or pam_pwhistory PAM modules. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report. Warning:
Newer versions of authselect contain an authselect feature to easily and properly
enable pam_pwhistory.so module. If this feature is not yet available in your
system, an authselect custom profile must be used to avoid integrity issues in PAM files. | Rationale: | Preventing re-use of previous passwords helps ensure that a compromised password is not
re-used by a user. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_unix_remember | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.5.8 | disa | CCI-000200 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(e) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | pcidss | Req-8.2.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000077-GPOS-00045 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.7, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Lock Accounts After Failed Password Attempts
[ref] | This rule configures the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect login attempts
using pam_faillock.so .
pam_faillock.so module requires multiple entries in pam files. These entries must be carefully
defined to work as expected.
Ensure that the file /etc/security/faillock.conf contains the following entry:
deny = <count>
Where count should be less than or equal to
3 and greater than 0.
In order to avoid errors when manually editing these files, it is
recommended to use the appropriate tools, such as authselect or authconfig ,
depending on the OS version. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report.
If the system supports the /etc/security/faillock.conf file, the pam_faillock
parameters should be defined in faillock.conf file. | Rationale: | By limiting the number of failed logon attempts, the risk of unauthorized system access via
user password guessing, also known as brute-forcing, is reduced. Limits are imposed by locking
the account. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cjis | 5.5.3 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.8 | disa | CCI-000044, CCI-002238 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-7(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | ospp | FIA_AFL.1 | pcidss | Req-8.1.6 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005 | stigid | OL08-00-020010, OL08-00-020011 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.4, 8.3 | stigref | SV-248652r958388_rule, SV-248653r958388_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Set Interval For Counting Failed Password Attempts
[ref] | Utilizing pam_faillock.so , the fail_interval directive configures the system
to lock out an account after a number of incorrect login attempts within a specified time
period.
Ensure that the file /etc/security/faillock.conf contains the following entry:
fail_interval = <interval-in-seconds> where interval-in-seconds is 900 or greater.
In order to avoid errors when manually editing these files, it is
recommended to use the appropriate tools, such as authselect or authconfig ,
depending on the OS version. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report.
If the system supports the /etc/security/faillock.conf file, the pam_faillock
parameters should be defined in faillock.conf file. | Rationale: | By limiting the number of failed logon attempts the risk of unauthorized system
access via user password guessing, otherwise known as brute-forcing, is reduced.
Limits are imposed by locking the account. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_interval | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-000044, CCI-002238 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-7(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | ospp | FIA_AFL.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005 | stigid | OL08-00-020012, OL08-00-020013 | anssi | R31 | stigref | SV-248654r958388_rule, SV-248655r958388_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Set Lockout Time for Failed Password Attempts
[ref] | This rule configures the system to lock out accounts during a specified time period after a
number of incorrect login attempts using pam_faillock.so .
Ensure that the file /etc/security/faillock.conf contains the following entry:
unlock_time=<interval-in-seconds> where
interval-in-seconds is 0 or greater.
pam_faillock.so module requires multiple entries in pam files. These entries must be carefully
defined to work as expected. In order to avoid any errors when manually editing these files,
it is recommended to use the appropriate tools, such as authselect or authconfig ,
depending on the OS version.
If unlock_time is set to 0 , manual intervention by an administrator is required
to unlock a user. This should be done using the faillock tool. Warning:
If the system supports the new /etc/security/faillock.conf file but the
pam_faillock.so parameters are defined directly in /etc/pam.d/system-auth and
/etc/pam.d/password-auth , the remediation will migrate the unlock_time parameter
to /etc/security/faillock.conf to ensure compatibility with authselect tool.
The parameters deny and fail_interval , if used, also have to be migrated
by their respective remediation. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report.
If the system supports the /etc/security/faillock.conf file, the pam_faillock
parameters should be defined in faillock.conf file. | Rationale: | By limiting the number of failed logon attempts the risk of unauthorized system
access via user password guessing, otherwise known as brute-forcing, is reduced.
Limits are imposed by locking the account. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cjis | 5.5.3 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.8 | disa | CCI-000044, CCI-002238 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-7(b) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | ospp | FIA_AFL.1 | pcidss | Req-8.1.7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005 | stigid | OL08-00-020014, OL08-00-020015 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.4, 8.3 | stigref | SV-248656r958388_rule, SV-248657r958388_rule |
| |
|
Group
Set Password Quality Requirements
Group contains 1 group and 8 rules |
[ref]
The default pam_pwquality PAM module provides strength
checking for passwords. It performs a number of checks, such as
making sure passwords are not similar to dictionary words, are of
at least a certain length, are not the previous password reversed,
and are not simply a change of case from the previous password. It
can also require passwords to be in certain character classes. The
pam_pwquality module is the preferred way of configuring
password requirements.
The man pages pam_pwquality(8)
provide information on the capabilities and configuration of
each. |
Group
Set Password Quality Requirements with pam_pwquality
Group contains 8 rules |
[ref]
The pam_pwquality PAM module can be configured to meet
requirements for a variety of policies.
For example, to configure pam_pwquality to require at least one uppercase
character, lowercase character, digit, and other (special)
character, make sure that pam_pwquality exists in /etc/pam.d/system-auth :
password requisite pam_pwquality.so try_first_pass local_users_only retry=3 authtok_type=
If no such line exists, add one as the first line of the password section in /etc/pam.d/system-auth .
Next, modify the settings in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to match the following:
difok = 4
minlen = 14
dcredit = -1
ucredit = -1
lcredit = -1
ocredit = -1
maxrepeat = 3
The arguments can be modified to ensure compliance with
your organization's security policy. Discussion of each parameter follows. |
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Digit Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's dcredit parameter controls requirements for
usage of digits in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to
contain that many digits. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional
length credit for each digit. Modify the dcredit setting in
/etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of a digit in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required
to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of
the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force
attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes
to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of
possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Requiring digits makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger
search space. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_dcredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000071-GPOS-00039 | stigid | OL08-00-020130 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.6, 8.3 | stigref | SV-248689r1015049_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Different Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's difok parameter sets the number of characters
in a password that must not be present in and old password during a password change.
Modify the difok setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf
to equal 4 to require differing characters
when changing passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources
required to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength,
is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts
at guessing and brute–force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long
it takes to crack a password. The more complex the password, the
greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested
before the password is compromised.
Requiring a minimum number of different characters during password changes ensures that
newly changed passwords should not resemble previously compromised ones.
Note that passwords which are changed on compromised systems will still be compromised, however. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_difok | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(b), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000072-GPOS-00040 | stigid | OL08-00-020170 | stigref | SV-248693r1015053_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Lowercase Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's lcredit parameter controls requirements for
usage of lowercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to
contain that many lowercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional
length credit for each lowercase character. Modify the lcredit setting in
/etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of a lowercase character in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required
to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of
the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force
attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes
to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of
possble combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Requiring a minimum number of lowercase characters makes password guessing attacks
more difficult by ensuring a larger search space. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_lcredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000070-GPOS-00038 | stigid | OL08-00-020120 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.6, 8.3 | stigref | SV-248688r1015048_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Maximum Consecutive Repeating Characters from Same Character Class
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's maxclassrepeat parameter controls requirements for
consecutive repeating characters from the same character class. When set to a positive number, it will reject passwords
which contain more than that number of consecutive characters from the same character class. Modify the
maxclassrepeat setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to equal 4
to prevent a run of ( 4 + 1) or more identical characters. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting
attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The
more complex a password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the
password is compromised. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_maxclassrepeat | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000072-GPOS-00040, SRG-OS-000730-GPOS-00190 | stigid | OL08-00-020140 | stigref | SV-248690r1015050_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Set Password Maximum Consecutive Repeating Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's maxrepeat parameter controls requirements for
consecutive repeating characters. When set to a positive number, it will reject passwords
which contain more than that number of consecutive characters. Modify the maxrepeat setting
in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to equal 3 to prevent a
run of ( 3 + 1) or more identical characters. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at
guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more
complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the
password is compromised.
Passwords with excessive repeating characters may be more vulnerable to password-guessing attacks. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_maxrepeat | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000072-GPOS-00040 | stigid | OL08-00-020150 | stigref | SV-248691r1015051_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Length
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's minlen parameter controls requirements for
minimum characters required in a password. Add minlen=12
after pam_pwquality to set minimum password length requirements. | Rationale: | The shorter the password, the lower the number of possible combinations
that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a
password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password length is one factor of several that helps to determine strength
and how long it takes to crack a password. Use of more characters in a password
helps to exponentially increase the time and/or resources required to
compromise the password. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_minlen | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000078-GPOS-00046 | stigid | OL08-00-020230 | anssi | R31, R68 | pcidss4 | 8.3.6, 8.3 | stigref | SV-248699r1015058_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Special Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's ocredit= parameter controls requirements for
usage of special (or "other") characters in a password. When set to a negative number,
any password will be required to contain that many special characters.
When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1
additional length credit for each special character. Modify the ocredit setting
in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to equal -1
to require use of a special character in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required
to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of
the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force
attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes
to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of
possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Requiring a minimum number of special characters makes password guessing attacks
more difficult by ensuring a larger search space. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_ocredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000266-GPOS-00101 | stigid | OL08-00-020280 | anssi | R31 | stigref | SV-248709r1015063_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Uppercase Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's ucredit= parameter controls requirements for
usage of uppercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to
contain that many uppercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional
length credit for each uppercase character. Modify the ucredit setting in
/etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of an uppercase character in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts
at guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more
complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before
the password is compromised. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_ucredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000069-GPOS-00037, SRG-OS-000070-GPOS-00038 | stigid | OL08-00-020110 | anssi | R31 | stigref | SV-248687r1015047_rule |
| |
|
Group
Protect Physical Console Access
Group contains 2 groups and 10 rules |
[ref]
It is impossible to fully protect a system from an
attacker with physical access, so securing the space in which the
system is located should be considered a necessary step. However,
there are some steps which, if taken, make it more difficult for an
attacker to quickly or undetectably modify a system from its
console. |
Group
Configure Screen Locking
Group contains 1 group and 5 rules |
[ref]
When a user must temporarily leave an account
logged-in, screen locking should be employed to prevent passersby
from abusing the account. User education and training is
particularly important for screen locking to be effective, and policies
can be implemented to reinforce this.
Automatic screen locking is only meant as a safeguard for
those cases where a user forgot to lock the screen. |
Group
Configure Console Screen Locking
Group contains 5 rules |
[ref]
A console screen locking mechanism is a temporary action taken when a user
stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the
information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of
the absence. Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their
operation system session prior to vacating the vicinity, operating systems
need to be able to identify when a user's session has idled and take action
to initiate the session lock. |
Rule
Install the tmux Package
[ref] | To enable console screen locking, install the tmux package.
The tmux package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install tmux
A session lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not want to log out because of the temporary nature of the absence.
The session lock is implemented at the point where session activity can be determined.
Rather than be forced to wait for a period of time to expire before the user session can be locked, Oracle Linux 8 needs to provide users with the ability to manually invoke a session lock so users can secure their session if it is necessary to temporarily vacate the immediate physical vicinity.
Instruct users to begin new terminal sessions with the following command:
$ tmux
The console can now be locked with the following key combination:
ctrl+b :lock-session
| Rationale: | A session time-out lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the immediate
physical vicinity of the information system but does not logout because of the temporary nature of the absence.
Rather than relying on the user to manually lock their operation system session prior to vacating the vicinity,
operating systems need to be able to identify when a user's session has idled and take action to initiate the
session lock.
The tmux package allows for a session lock to be implemented and configured. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_tmux_installed | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.10 | disa | CCI-000057, CCI-000056 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, FTA_SSL.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000030-GPOS-00011, SRG-OS-000028-GPOS-00009 | stigid | OL08-00-020039 | stigref | SV-248674r1015041_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Support session locking with tmux
[ref] | The tmux terminal multiplexer is used to implement
automatic session locking. It should be started from
/etc/bashrc or drop-in files within /etc/profile.d/ . | Rationale: | Unlike bash itself, the tmux terminal multiplexer
provides a mechanism to lock sessions after period of inactivity.
A session lock is a temporary action taken when a user stops work and moves away from the
immediate physical vicinity of the information system but does not want to
log out because of the temporary nature of the absence. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_bashrc_exec_tmux | References: | disa | CCI-000056, CCI-000058 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, FTA_SSL.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000031-GPOS-00012, SRG-OS-000028-GPOS-00009, SRG-OS-000030-GPOS-00011 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure tmux to lock session after inactivity
[ref] | To enable console screen locking in tmux terminal multiplexer
after a period of inactivity,
the lock-after-time option has to be set to a value greater than 0 and less than
or equal to 900 in /etc/tmux.conf . | Rationale: | Locking the session after a period of inactivity limits the
potential exposure if the session is left unattended. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_tmux_lock_after_time | References: | disa | CCI-000057, CCI-000060 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, FTA_SSL.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000029-GPOS-00010, SRG-OS-000031-GPOS-00012 | stigid | OL08-00-020070 | stigref | SV-248681r958402_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Configure the tmux Lock Command
[ref] | To enable console screen locking in tmux terminal multiplexer,
the vlock command must be configured to be used as a locking
mechanism.
Add the following line to /etc/tmux.conf :
set -g lock-command vlock .
The console can now be locked with the following key combination:
ctrl+b :lock-session
| Rationale: | The tmux package allows for a session lock to be implemented and configured.
However, the session lock is implemented by an external command. The tmux
default configuration does not contain an effective session lock. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_tmux_lock_command | References: | disa | CCI-000056 | nist | AC-11(a), AC-11(b), CM-6(a) | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, FTA_SSL.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000028-GPOS-00009, SRG-OS-000030-GPOS-00011 | stigid | OL08-00-020040 | stigref | SV-248675r1015042_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Prevent user from disabling the screen lock
[ref] | The tmux terminal multiplexer is used to implement
automatic session locking. It should not be listed in
/etc/shells . | Rationale: | Not listing tmux among permitted shells
prevents malicious program running as user
from lowering security by disabling the screen lock. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_tmux_in_shells | References: | disa | CCI-002235, CCI-000056 | nist | CM-6 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1, FMT_MOF_EXT.1, FTA_SSL.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125, SRG-OS-000028-GPOS-00009, SRG-OS-000030-GPOS-00011 | stigid | OL08-00-020042 | stigref | SV-248677r1015044_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable debug-shell SystemD Service
[ref] | SystemD's debug-shell service is intended to
diagnose SystemD related boot issues with various systemctl
commands. Once enabled and following a system reboot, the root shell
will be available on tty9 which is access by pressing
CTRL-ALT-F9 . The debug-shell service should only be used
for SystemD related issues and should otherwise be disabled.
By default, the debug-shell SystemD service is already disabled.
The debug-shell service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now debug-shell.service
| Rationale: | This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security
on the machine through valid troubleshooting configurations and gaining root
access when the system is rebooted. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_debug-shell_disabled | References: | cui | 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-002235 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | nist | CM-6 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040180 | stigref | SV-248872r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Ctrl-Alt-Del Burst Action
[ref] | By default, SystemD will reboot the system if the Ctrl-Alt-Del
key sequence is pressed Ctrl-Alt-Delete more than 7 times in 2 seconds.
To configure the system to ignore the CtrlAltDelBurstAction
setting, add or modify the following to /etc/systemd/system.conf :
CtrlAltDelBurstAction=none
Warning:
Disabling the Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence
in /etc/init/control-alt-delete.conf DOES NOT disable the Ctrl-Alt-Del
key sequence if running in runlevel 6 (e.g. in GNOME, KDE, etc.)! The
Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence will only be disabled if running in
the non-graphical runlevel 3 . | Rationale: | A locally logged-in user who presses Ctrl-Alt-Del, when at the console,
can reboot the system. If accidentally pressed, as could happen in
the case of mixed OS environment, this can create the risk of short-term
loss of availability of systems due to unintentional reboot. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_ctrlaltdel_burstaction | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-002235 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040172 | stigref | SV-248871r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Ctrl-Alt-Del Reboot Activation
[ref] | By default, SystemD will reboot the system if the Ctrl-Alt-Del
key sequence is pressed.
To configure the system to ignore the Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence from the
command line instead of rebooting the system, do either of the following:
ln -sf /dev/null /etc/systemd/system/ctrl-alt-del.target
or
systemctl mask ctrl-alt-del.target
Do not simply delete the /usr/lib/systemd/system/ctrl-alt-del.service file,
as this file may be restored during future system updates. | Rationale: | A locally logged-in user who presses Ctrl-Alt-Del, when at the console,
can reboot the system. If accidentally pressed, as could happen in
the case of mixed OS environment, this can create the risk of short-term
loss of availability of systems due to unintentional reboot. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_ctrlaltdel_reboot | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-002235 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040170 | stigref | SV-248869r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Verify that Interactive Boot is Disabled
[ref] | Oracle Linux 8 systems support an "interactive boot" option that can
be used to prevent services from being started. On a Oracle Linux 8
system, interactive boot can be enabled by providing a 1 ,
yes , true , or on value to the
systemd.confirm_spawn kernel argument in /etc/default/grub .
Remove any instance of systemd.confirm_spawn=(1|yes|true|on) from
the kernel arguments in that file to disable interactive boot.
Recovery booting must also be disabled. Confirm that
GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY=true is set in /etc/default/grub .
It is also required to change the runtime configuration, run:
/sbin/grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="systemd.confirm_spawn"
grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
| Rationale: | Using interactive or recovery boot, the console user could disable auditing, firewalls,
or other services, weakening system security. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_disable_interactive_boot | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.2, 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | iso27001-2013 | A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | SC-2(1), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Require Authentication for Single User Mode
[ref] | Single-user mode is intended as a system recovery
method, providing a single user root access to the system by
providing a boot option at startup.
By default, single-user mode is protected by requiring a password and is set
in /usr/lib/systemd/system/rescue.service . | Rationale: | This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security
on the machine and gaining root access. Such accesses are further prevented
by configuring the bootloader password. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_require_singleuser_auth | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000213 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | IA-2, AC-3, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048 | stigid | OL08-00-010151 | stigref | SV-248541r958472_rule |
| |
|
Group
Protect Accounts by Restricting Password-Based Login
Group contains 3 groups and 4 rules |
[ref]
Conventionally, Unix shell accounts are accessed by
providing a username and password to a login program, which tests
these values for correctness using the /etc/passwd and
/etc/shadow files. Password-based login is vulnerable to
guessing of weak passwords, and to sniffing and man-in-the-middle
attacks against passwords entered over a network or at an insecure
console. Therefore, mechanisms for accessing accounts by entering
usernames and passwords should be restricted to those which are
operationally necessary. |
Group
Set Password Expiration Parameters
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The file /etc/login.defs controls several
password-related settings. Programs such as passwd ,
su , and
login consult /etc/login.defs to determine
behavior with regard to password aging, expiration warnings,
and length. See the man page login.defs(5) for more information.
Users should be forced to change their passwords, in order to
decrease the utility of compromised passwords. However, the need to
change passwords often should be balanced against the risk that
users will reuse or write down passwords if forced to change them
too often. Forcing password changes every 90-360 days, depending on
the environment, is recommended. Set the appropriate value as
PASS_MAX_DAYS and apply it to existing accounts with the
-M flag.
The PASS_MIN_DAYS ( -m ) setting prevents password
changes for 7 days after the first change, to discourage password
cycling. If you use this setting, train users to contact an administrator
for an emergency password change in case a new password becomes
compromised. The PASS_WARN_AGE ( -W ) setting gives
users 7 days of warnings at login time that their passwords are about to expire.
For example, for each existing human user USER, expiration parameters
could be adjusted to a 180 day maximum password age, 7 day minimum password
age, and 7 day warning period with the following command:
$ sudo chage -M 180 -m 7 -W 7 USER
|
Rule
Set Password Minimum Length in login.defs
[ref] | To specify password length requirements for new accounts, edit the file
/etc/login.defs and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MIN_LEN 12
The DoD requirement is 15 .
The FISMA requirement is 12 .
The profile requirement is
12 .
If a program consults /etc/login.defs and also another PAM module
(such as pam_pwquality ) during a password change operation, then
the most restrictive must be satisfied. See PAM section for more
information about enforcing password quality requirements. | Rationale: | Requiring a minimum password length makes password
cracking attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger
search space. However, any security benefit from an onerous requirement
must be carefully weighed against usability problems, support costs, or counterproductive
behavior that may result. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_minlen_login_defs | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.5.7 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000078-GPOS-00046 | stigid | OL08-00-020231 | anssi | R31 | stigref | SV-248700r1015059_rule |
| |
|
Group
Verify Proper Storage and Existence of Password
Hashes
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
By default, password hashes for local accounts are stored
in the second field (colon-separated) in
/etc/shadow . This file should be readable only by
processes running with root credentials, preventing users from
casually accessing others' password hashes and attempting
to crack them.
However, it remains possible to misconfigure the system
and store password hashes
in world-readable files such as /etc/passwd , or
to even store passwords themselves in plaintext on the system.
Using system-provided tools for password change/creation
should allow administrators to avoid such misconfiguration. |
Rule
Prevent Login to Accounts With Empty Password
[ref] | If an account is configured for password authentication
but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log
into the account without authentication. Remove any instances of the
nullok in
/etc/pam.d/system-auth and
/etc/pam.d/password-auth
to prevent logins with empty passwords. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report.
Note that this rule is not applicable for systems running within a
container. Having user with empty password within a container is not
considered a risk, because it should not be possible to directly login into
a container anyway. | Rationale: | If an account has an empty password, anyone could log in and
run commands with the privileges of that account. Accounts with
empty passwords should never be used in operational environments. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_empty_passwords | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | IA-5(1)(a), IA-5(c), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-020331, OL08-00-020332 | pcidss4 | 8.3.1, 8.3 | stigref | SV-248715r991589_rule, SV-248716r991589_rule |
| |
|
Group
Restrict Root Logins
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
Direct root logins should be allowed only for emergency use.
In normal situations, the administrator should access the system
via a unique unprivileged account, and then use su or sudo to execute
privileged commands. Discouraging administrators from accessing the
root account directly ensures an audit trail in organizations with
multiple administrators. Locking down the channels through which
root can connect directly also reduces opportunities for
password-guessing against the root account. The login program
uses the file /etc/securetty to determine which interfaces
should allow root logins.
The virtual devices /dev/console
and /dev/tty* represent the system consoles (accessible via
the Ctrl-Alt-F1 through Ctrl-Alt-F6 keyboard sequences on a default
installation). The default securetty file also contains /dev/vc/* .
These are likely to be deprecated in most environments, but may be retained
for compatibility. Root should also be prohibited from connecting
via network protocols. Other sections of this document
include guidance describing how to prevent root from logging in via SSH. |
Rule
Restrict Virtual Console Root Logins
[ref] | To restrict root logins through the (deprecated) virtual console devices,
ensure lines of this form do not appear in /etc/securetty :
vc/1
vc/2
vc/3
vc/4
| Rationale: | Preventing direct root login to virtual console devices
helps ensure accountability for actions taken on the system
using the root account. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_securetty_root_login_console_only | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-000770 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | AC-6, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | pcidss4 | 8.6.1, 8.6 |
| |
|
Rule
Enforce usage of pam_wheel for su authentication
[ref] | To ensure that only users who are members of the wheel group can
run commands with altered privileges through the su command, make
sure that the following line exists in the file /etc/pam.d/su :
auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid
Warning:
Members of "wheel" or GID 0 groups are checked by default if the group option is not set
for pam_wheel.so module. Therefore, members of these groups should be manually checked or
a different group should be informed according to the site policy. | Rationale: | The su program allows to run commands with a substitute user and
group ID. It is commonly used to run commands as the root user. Limiting
access to such command is considered a good security practice. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_use_pam_wheel_for_su | References: | disa | CCI-002165, CCI-004895 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00156, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123 |
| |
|
Group
Secure Session Configuration Files for Login Accounts
Group contains 1 group and 4 rules |
[ref]
When a user logs into a Unix account, the system
configures the user's session by reading a number of files. Many of
these files are located in the user's home directory, and may have
weak permissions as a result of user error or misconfiguration. If
an attacker can modify or even read certain types of account
configuration information, they can often gain full access to the
affected user's account. Therefore, it is important to test and
correct configuration file permissions for interactive accounts,
particularly those of privileged users such as root or system
administrators. |
Group
Ensure that Users Have Sensible Umask Values
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The umask setting controls the default permissions
for the creation of new files.
With a default umask setting of 077, files and directories
created by users will not be readable by any other user on the
system. Users who wish to make specific files group- or
world-readable can accomplish this by using the chmod command.
Additionally, users can make all their files readable to their
group by default by setting a umask of 027 in their shell
configuration files. If default per-user groups exist (that is, if
every user has a default group whose name is the same as that
user's username and whose only member is the user), then it may
even be safe for users to select a umask of 007, making it very
easy to intentionally share files with groups of which the user is
a member.
|
Rule
Ensure the Default Bash Umask is Set Correctly
[ref] | To ensure the default umask for users of the Bash shell is set properly,
add or correct the umask setting in /etc/bashrc to read
as follows:
umask 027
| Rationale: | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or
written to by unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_bashrc | References: | cis-csc | 18 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.3 | iso27001-2013 | A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | AC-6(1), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-020353 | anssi | R36 | stigref | SV-248721r991590_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure the Default C Shell Umask is Set Correctly
[ref] | To ensure the default umask for users of the C shell is set properly,
add or correct the umask setting in /etc/csh.cshrc to read as follows:
umask 027
| Rationale: | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or
written to by unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_csh_cshrc | References: | cis-csc | 18 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.3 | iso27001-2013 | A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | AC-6(1), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-020353 | stigref | SV-248721r991590_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly in /etc/profile
[ref] | To ensure the default umask controlled by /etc/profile is set properly,
add or correct the umask setting in /etc/profile to read as follows:
umask 027
Note that /etc/profile also reads scrips within /etc/profile.d directory.
These scripts are also valid files to set umask value. Therefore, they should also be
considered during the check and properly remediated, if necessary. | Rationale: | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or
written to by unauthorized users. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_profile | References: | cis-csc | 18 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.3 | iso27001-2013 | A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | AC-6(1), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-020353 | anssi | R36 | stigref | SV-248721r991590_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Limit the Number of Concurrent Login Sessions Allowed Per User
[ref] | Limiting the number of allowed users and sessions per user can limit risks related to Denial of
Service attacks. This addresses concurrent sessions for a single account and does not address
concurrent sessions by a single user via multiple accounts. To set the number of concurrent
sessions per user add the following line in /etc/security/limits.conf or
a file under /etc/security/limits.d/ :
* hard maxlogins 10
| Rationale: | Limiting simultaneous user logins can insulate the system from denial of service
problems caused by excessive logins. Automated login processes operating improperly or
maliciously may result in an exceptional number of simultaneous login sessions. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_max_concurrent_login_sessions | References: | cis-csc | 14, 15, 18, 9 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | DSS01.05, DSS05.02 | disa | CCI-000054 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.8 | iso27001-2013 | A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | AC-10, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000027-GPOS-00008 | stigid | OL08-00-020024 | stigref | SV-248666r958398_rule |
| |
|
Group
GRUB2 bootloader configuration
Group contains 1 group and 4 rules |
[ref]
During the boot process, the boot loader is
responsible for starting the execution of the kernel and passing
options to it. The boot loader allows for the selection of
different kernels - possibly on different partitions or media.
The default Oracle Linux 8 boot loader for x86 systems is called GRUB2.
Options it can pass to the kernel include single-user mode, which
provides root access without any authentication, and the ability to
disable SELinux. To prevent local users from modifying the boot
parameters and endangering security, protect the boot loader configuration
with a password and ensure its configuration file's permissions
are set properly. |
Group
UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration Warning:
UEFI generally uses vfat file systems, which does not support Unix-style permissions
managed by chmod command. In this case, in order to change file permissions for files
within /boot/efi it is necessary to update the mount options in /etc/fstab file and
reboot the system. |
Rule
Set the UEFI Boot Loader Password
[ref] | The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password
protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.
Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the password
by running the following command:
# grub2-setpassword
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.
Warning:
To prevent hard-coded passwords, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation
must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Also, do NOT manually add the superuser account and password to the
grub.cfg file as the grub2-mkconfig command overwrites this file. | Rationale: | Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures
users with physical access cannot trivially alter
important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use,
and whether to enter single-user mode. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_uefi_password | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000213 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | iso27001-2013 | A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048 | stigid | OL08-00-010140 | anssi | R5 | stigref | SV-248537r958472_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Configure kernel to trust the CPU random number generator
[ref] | There exist two ways how to ensure that the Linux kernel trusts the CPU
hardware random number generator. If the option is configured during kernel
compilation, e.g. the option CONFIG_RANDOM_TRUST_CPU is set to
Y , make sure that it is not overridden with the boot parameter.
There must not exist the boot parameter random.trust_cpu=off . If
the option is not compiled in, make sure that random.trust_cpu=on
is configured as a boot parameter.
To ensure that random.trust_cpu=on is added as a kernel command line
argument to newly installed kernels, add random.trust_cpu=on to the
default Grub2 command line for Linux operating systems. Modify the line within
/etc/default/grub as shown below:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="... random.trust_cpu=on ..."
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels: # grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="random.trust_cpu=on"
| Rationale: | The Linux kernel offers an option which signifies if the kernel should trust
data provided by CPU hardware random number generator. Hardware random
number generators can provide random data very quickly and are used to generate random cryptographic keys. They can
be useful during boot time when other means of getting random data can be
slow because there is not yet enough entropy in the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_kernel_trust_cpu_rng | References: | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Page-Table Isolation (KPTI)
[ref] | To enable Kernel page-table isolation,
add the argument pti=on to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
To ensure that pti=on is added as a kernel command line
argument to newly installed kernels, add pti=on to the
default Grub2 command line for Linux operating systems. Modify the line within
/etc/default/grub as shown below:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="... pti=on ..."
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels: # grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="pti=on"
| Rationale: | Kernel page-table isolation is a kernel feature that mitigates
the Meltdown security vulnerability and hardens the kernel
against attempts to bypass kernel address space layout
randomization (KASLR). | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_pti_argument | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable vsyscalls
[ref] | To disable use of virtual syscalls,
add the argument vsyscall=none to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
To ensure that vsyscall=none is added as a kernel command line
argument to newly installed kernels, add vsyscall=none to the
default Grub2 command line for Linux operating systems. Modify the line within
/etc/default/grub as shown below:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="... vsyscall=none ..."
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels: # grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="vsyscall=none"
Warning:
The vsyscall emulation is only available on x86_64 architecture
(CONFIG_X86_VSYSCALL_EMULATION) making this rule not applicable
to other CPU architectures. | Rationale: | Virtual Syscalls provide an opportunity of attack for a user who has control
of the return instruction pointer. | Severity: | info | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_vsyscall_argument | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001084 | nist | CM-7(a) | ospp | FPT_ASLR_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000134-GPOS-00068 | stigid | OL08-00-010422 | stigref | SV-248591r958518_rule |
| |
|
Group
Configure Syslog
Group contains 1 group and 4 rules |
[ref]
The syslog service has been the default Unix logging mechanism for
many years. It has a number of downsides, including inconsistent log format,
lack of authentication for received messages, and lack of authentication,
encryption, or reliable transport for messages sent over a network. However,
due to its long history, syslog is a de facto standard which is supported by
almost all Unix applications.
In Oracle Linux 8, rsyslog has replaced ksyslogd as the
syslog daemon of choice, and it includes some additional security features
such as reliable, connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the
option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to
a central logging server.
This section discusses how to configure rsyslog for
best effect, and how to use tools provided with the system to maintain and
monitor logs. |
Group
Rsyslog Logs Sent To Remote Host
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
If system logs are to be useful in detecting malicious
activities, it is necessary to send logs to a remote server. An
intruder who has compromised the root account on a system may
delete the log entries which indicate that the system was attacked
before they are seen by an administrator.
However, it is recommended that logs be stored on the local
host in addition to being sent to the loghost, especially if
rsyslog has been configured to use the UDP protocol to send
messages over a network. UDP does not guarantee reliable delivery,
and moderately busy sites will lose log messages occasionally,
especially in periods of high traffic which may be the result of an
attack. In addition, remote rsyslog messages are not
authenticated in any way by default, so it is easy for an attacker to
introduce spurious messages to the central log server. Also, some
problems cause loss of network connectivity, which will prevent the
sending of messages to the central server. For all of these reasons, it is
better to store log messages both centrally and on each host, so
that they can be correlated if necessary. |
Rule
Configure TLS for rsyslog remote logging
[ref] | Configure rsyslog to use Transport Layer
Security (TLS) support for logging to remote server
for the Forwarding Output Module in /etc/rsyslog.conf
using action. You can use the following command:
echo 'action(type="omfwd" protocol="tcp" Target="<remote system>" port="6514"
StreamDriver="gtls" StreamDriverMode="1" StreamDriverAuthMode="x509/name" streamdriver.CheckExtendedKeyPurpose="on")' >> /etc/rsyslog.conf
Replace the <remote system> in the above command with an IP address or a host name of the remote logging server. | Rationale: | For protection of data being logged, the connection to the
remote logging server needs to be authenticated and encrypted. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_remote_tls | References: | ism | 0988, 1405 | nist | AU-9(3), CM-6(a) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061 | anssi | R71 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure CA certificate for rsyslog remote logging
[ref] | Configure CA certificate for rsyslog logging
to remote server using Transport Layer Security (TLS)
using correct path for the DefaultNetstreamDriverCAFile
global option in /etc/rsyslog.conf , for example with the following command:
echo 'global(DefaultNetstreamDriverCAFile="/etc/pki/tls/cert.pem")' >> /etc/rsyslog.conf
Replace the /etc/pki/tls/cert.pem in the above command with the path to the file with CA certificate generated for the purpose of remote logging. Warning:
Automatic remediation is not available as each organization has unique requirements. | Rationale: | The CA certificate needs to be set or rsyslog.service
fails to start with
error: ca certificate is not set, cannot continue
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_remote_tls_cacert | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure rsyslog-gnutls is installed
[ref] | TLS protocol support for rsyslog is installed.
The rsyslog-gnutls package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install rsyslog-gnutls
| Rationale: | The rsyslog-gnutls package provides Transport Layer Security (TLS) support
for the rsyslog daemon, which enables secure remote logging. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_rsyslog-gnutls_installed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure rsyslog is Installed
[ref] | Rsyslog is installed by default. The rsyslog package can be installed with the following command: $ sudo yum install rsyslog
| Rationale: | The rsyslog package provides the rsyslog daemon, which provides
system logging services. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_rsyslog_installed | References: | cis-csc | 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6 | cobit5 | APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-000154, CCI-001851 | hipaa | 164.312(a)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.PT-1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000479-GPOS-00224, SRG-OS-000051-GPOS-00024, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-030670 | stigref | SV-248812r991589_rule |
| |
|
Group
Network Configuration and Firewalls
Group contains 10 groups and 30 rules |
[ref]
Most systems must be connected to a network of some
sort, and this brings with it the substantial risk of network
attack. This section discusses the security impact of decisions
about networking which must be made when configuring a system.
This section also discusses firewalls, network access
controls, and other network security frameworks, which allow
system-level rules to be written that can limit an attackers' ability
to connect to your system. These rules can specify that network
traffic should be allowed or denied from certain IP addresses,
hosts, and networks. The rules can also specify which of the
system's network services are available to particular hosts or
networks. |
Group
firewalld
Group contains 1 group and 2 rules |
[ref]
The dynamic firewall daemon firewalld provides a
dynamically managed firewall with support for network “zones” to assign
a level of trust to a network and its associated connections and interfaces.
It has support for IPv4 and IPv6 firewall settings. It supports Ethernet
bridges and has a separation of runtime and permanent configuration options.
It also has an interface for services or applications to add firewall rules
directly.
A graphical configuration tool, firewall-config , is used to configure
firewalld , which in turn uses iptables tool to communicate
with Netfilter in the kernel which implements packet filtering.
The firewall service provided by firewalld is dynamic rather than
static because changes to the configuration can be made at anytime and are
immediately implemented. There is no need to save or apply the changes. No
unintended disruption of existing network connections occurs as no part of
the firewall has to be reloaded. |
Group
Inspect and Activate Default firewalld Rules
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
Firewalls can be used to separate networks into different zones
based on the level of trust the user has decided to place on the devices and
traffic within that network. NetworkManager informs firewalld to which
zone an interface belongs. An interface's assigned zone can be changed by
NetworkManager or via the firewall-config tool.
The zone settings in /etc/firewalld/ are a range of preset settings
which can be quickly applied to a network interface. These are the zones
provided by firewalld sorted according to the default trust level of the
zones from untrusted to trusted:
drop
Any incoming network packets are dropped, there is no
reply. Only outgoing network connections are possible. block
Any incoming network connections are rejected with an
icmp-host-prohibited message for IPv4 and icmp6-adm-prohibited
for IPv6. Only network connections initiated from within the system are
possible. public
For use in public areas. You do not trust the other
computers on the network to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming
connections are accepted. external
For use on external networks with masquerading enabled
especially for routers. You do not trust the other computers on the network to
not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted. dmz
For computers in your demilitarized zone that are
publicly-accessible with limited access to your internal network. Only selected
incoming connections are accepted. work
For use in work areas. You mostly trust the other computers
on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are
accepted. home
For use in home areas. You mostly trust the other computers
on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are
accepted. internal
For use on internal networks. You mostly trust the
other computers on the networks to not harm your computer. Only selected
incoming connections are accepted. trusted
All network connections are accepted.
It is possible to designate one of these zones to be the default zone. When
interface connections are added to NetworkManager , they are assigned
to the default zone. On installation, the default zone in firewalld is set to
be the public zone.
To find out all the settings of a zone, for example the public zone,
enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
Example output of this command might look like the following:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
public
interfaces:
services: mdns dhcpv6-client ssh
ports:
forward-ports:
icmp-blocks: source-quench
To view the network zones currently active, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
The following listing displays the result of this command
on common Oracle Linux 8 system:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
amanda-client bacula bacula-client dhcp dhcpv6 dhcpv6-client dns ftp
high-availability http https imaps ipp ipp-client ipsec kerberos kpasswd
ldap ldaps libvirt libvirt-tls mdns mountd ms-wbt mysql nfs ntp openvpn
pmcd pmproxy pmwebapi pmwebapis pop3s postgresql proxy-dhcp radius rpc-bind
samba samba-client smtp ssh telnet tftp tftp-client transmission-client
vnc-server wbem-https
Finally to view the network zones that will be active after the next firewalld
service reload, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service --permanent
|
Rule
Install firewalld Package
[ref] | The firewalld package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install firewalld
| Rationale: | "Firewalld" provides an easy and effective way to block/limit remote access to the system via ports, services, and protocols.
Remote access services, such as those providing remote access to network devices and information systems, which lack automated control capabilities, increase risk and make remote user access management difficult at best.
Remote access is access to DoD nonpublic information systems by an authorized user (or an information system) communicating through an external, non-organization-controlled network. Remote access methods include, for example, dial-up, broadband, and wireless.
Oracle Linux 8 functionality (e.g., SSH) must be capable of taking enforcement action if the audit reveals unauthorized activity.
Automated control of remote access sessions allows organizations to ensure ongoing compliance with remote access policies by enforcing connection rules of remote access applications on a variety of information system components (e.g., servers, workstations, notebook computers, smartphones, and tablets)." | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_firewalld_installed | References: | disa | CCI-000382, CCI-000366, CCI-002314, CCI-002322 | nist | CM-6(a) | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000096-GPOS-00050, SRG-OS-000297-GPOS-00115, SRG-OS-000298-GPOS-00116, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00232 | stigid | OL08-00-040100 | pcidss4 | 1.2.1, 1.2 | stigref | SV-248840r958672_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Verify firewalld Enabled
[ref] |
The firewalld service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable firewalld.service
| Rationale: | Access control methods provide the ability to enhance system security posture
by restricting services and known good IP addresses and address ranges. This
prevents connections from unknown hosts and protocols. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_firewalld_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05 | cui | 3.1.3, 3.4.7 | disa | CCI-000382, CCI-000366, CCI-002314 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4, CIP-003-8 R5, CIP-004-6 R3 | nist | AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000096-GPOS-00050, SRG-OS-000297-GPOS-00115, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00231, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00232 | stigid | OL08-00-040101 | bsi | SYS.1.6.A5, SYS.1.6.A21 | pcidss4 | 1.2.1, 1.2 | stigref | SV-248841r958672_rule |
| |
|
Group
IPv6
Group contains 1 group and 6 rules |
[ref]
The system includes support for Internet Protocol
version 6. A major and often-mentioned improvement over IPv4 is its
enormous increase in the number of available addresses. Another
important feature is its support for automatic configuration of
many network settings. |
Group
Configure IPv6 Settings if Necessary
Group contains 6 rules |
[ref]
A major feature of IPv6 is the extent to which systems
implementing it can automatically configure their networking
devices using information from the network. From a security
perspective, manually configuring important configuration
information is preferable to accepting it from the network
in an unauthenticated fashion. |
Rule
Configure Accepting Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra = 0
| Rationale: | An illicit router advertisement message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_ra | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040261 | stigref | SV-248884r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040280 | anssi | R13 | stigref | SV-248888r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040240 | anssi | R13 | stigref | SV-248880r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Accepting Router Advertisements on all IPv6 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra = 0
| Rationale: | An illicit router advertisement message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_ra | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040262 | stigref | SV-248885r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040210 | anssi | R13 | stigref | SV-248876r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv6 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040250 | anssi | R13 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 | stigref | SV-248882r991589_rule |
| |
|
Group
Kernel Parameters Which Affect Networking
Group contains 2 groups and 16 rules |
[ref]
The sysctl utility is used to set
parameters which affect the operation of the Linux kernel. Kernel parameters
which affect networking and have security implications are described here. |
Group
Network Related Kernel Runtime Parameters for Hosts and Routers
Group contains 13 rules |
[ref]
Certain kernel parameters should be set for systems which are
acting as either hosts or routers to improve the system's ability defend
against certain types of IPv4 protocol attacks. |
Rule
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the
host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect
message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be
disabled unless absolutely required." | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040279 | anssi | R12 | stigref | SV-248887r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement
applies only to the forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv4
forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040239 | anssi | R12 | stigref | SV-248879r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians = 1
| Rationale: | The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses)
as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a
sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity
to be detected. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(3)(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.AC-3, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = 1
| Rationale: | Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses
that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were
received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for
complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small
networks. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040285 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 | stigref | SV-248893r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as
default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is
absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-001503, CCI-001551 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the
host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect
message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should
be disabled unless absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040209 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 | stigref | SV-248875r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required, such as when
IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is legitimately functioning as a
router. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040249 | anssi | R12 | stigref | SV-248881r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Paremeter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians = 1
| Rationale: | The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses)
as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a
sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity
to be detected. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_log_martians | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(3)(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.AC-3, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = 1
| Rationale: | Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses
that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were
received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for
complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small
networks. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure Redirects By Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as
default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is
absolutely required. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-001551 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore ICMP Broadcast Echo Requests on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts = 1
| Rationale: | Responding to broadcast (ICMP) echoes facilitates network mapping
and provides a vector for amplification attacks.
Ignoring ICMP echo requests (pings) sent to broadcast or multicast
addresses makes the system slightly more difficult to enumerate on the network. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5 | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040230 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 | stigref | SV-248878r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore Bogus ICMP Error Responses on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = 1
| Rationale: | Ignoring bogus ICMP error responses reduces
log size, although some activity would not be logged. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5 | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use TCP Syncookies on Network Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = 1
| Rationale: | A TCP SYN flood attack can cause a denial of service by filling a
system's TCP connection table with connections in the SYN_RCVD state.
Syncookies can be used to track a connection when a subsequent ACK is received,
verifying the initiator is attempting a valid connection and is not a flood
source. This feature is activated when a flood condition is detected, and
enables the system to continue servicing valid connection requests. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-001095, CCI-000366, CCI-002385 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(1), SC-5(2), SC-5(3)(a), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000420-GPOS-00186, SRG-OS-000142-GPOS-00071 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| |
|
Group
Network Parameters for Hosts Only
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
If the system is not going to be used as a router, then setting certain
kernel parameters ensure that the host will not perform routing
of network traffic. |
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040220 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.5, 1.4 | stigref | SV-248877r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040270 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.5, 1.4 | stigref | SV-248886r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for IP Forwarding on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.ip_forward kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0
Warning:
Certain technologies such as virtual machines, containers, etc. rely on IPv4 forwarding to enable and use networking.
Disabling IPv4 forwarding would cause those technologies to stop working. Therefore, this rule should not be used in
profiles or benchmarks that target usage of IPv4 forwarding. | Rationale: | Routing protocol daemons are typically used on routers to exchange
network topology information with other routers. If this capability is used when
not required, system network information may be unnecessarily transmitted across
the network. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_ip_forward | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.3.1, Req-1.3.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| |
|
Group
Uncommon Network Protocols
Group contains 5 rules |
[ref]
The system includes support for several network protocols which are not commonly used.
Although security vulnerabilities in kernel networking code are not frequently discovered,
the consequences can be dramatic. Ensuring uncommon network protocols are disabled
reduces the system's risk to attacks targeted at its implementation of those protocols. Warning:
Although these protocols are not commonly used, avoid disruption
in your network environment by ensuring they are not needed
prior to disabling them. |
Rule
Disable ATM Support
[ref] | The Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) is a protocol operating on
network, data link, and physical layers, based on virtual circuits
and virtual paths.
To configure the system to prevent the atm
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/atm.conf :
install atm /bin/false
To configure the system to prevent the atm from being used,
add the following line to file /etc/modprobe.d/atm.conf :
blacklist atm
| Rationale: | Disabling ATM protects the system against exploitation of any
flaws in its implementation. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_atm_disabled | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable CAN Support
[ref] | The Controller Area Network (CAN) is a serial communications
protocol which was initially developed for automotive and
is now also used in marine, industrial, and medical applications.
To configure the system to prevent the can
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/can.conf :
install can /bin/false
To configure the system to prevent the can from being used,
add the following line to file /etc/modprobe.d/can.conf :
blacklist can
| Rationale: | Disabling CAN protects the system against exploitation of any
flaws in its implementation. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_can_disabled | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable IEEE 1394 (FireWire) Support
[ref] | The IEEE 1394 (FireWire) is a serial bus standard for
high-speed real-time communication.
To configure the system to prevent the firewire-core
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/firewire-core.conf :
install firewire-core /bin/false
To configure the system to prevent the firewire-core from being used,
add the following line to file /etc/modprobe.d/firewire-core.conf :
blacklist firewire-core
| Rationale: | Disabling FireWire protects the system against exploitation of any
flaws in its implementation. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_firewire-core_disabled | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable SCTP Support
[ref] | The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is a
transport layer protocol, designed to support the idea of
message-oriented communication, with several streams of messages
within one connection.
To configure the system to prevent the sctp
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf :
install sctp /bin/false
To configure the system to prevent the sctp from being used,
add the following line to file /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf :
blacklist sctp
| Rationale: | Disabling SCTP protects
the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_sctp_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.4.6 | disa | CCI-000381 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | pcidss | Req-1.4.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040023 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 | stigref | SV-248831r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable TIPC Support
[ref] | The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol
is designed to provide communications between nodes in a
cluster.
To configure the system to prevent the tipc
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf :
install tipc /bin/false
To configure the system to prevent the tipc from being used,
add the following line to file /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf :
blacklist tipc
Warning:
This configuration baseline was created to deploy the base operating system for general purpose
workloads. When the operating system is configured for certain purposes, such as
a node in High Performance Computing cluster, it is expected that
the tipc kernel module will be loaded. | Rationale: | Disabling TIPC protects
the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_tipc_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000381 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | stigid | OL08-00-040024 | stigref | SV-248832r958478_rule |
| |
|
Group
Wireless Networking
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
Wireless networking, such as 802.11
(WiFi) and Bluetooth, can present a security risk to sensitive or
classified systems and networks. Wireless networking hardware is
much more likely to be included in laptop or portable systems than
in desktops or servers.
Removal of hardware provides the greatest assurance that the wireless
capability remains disabled. Acquisition policies often include provisions to
prevent the purchase of equipment that will be used in sensitive spaces and
includes wireless capabilities. If it is impractical to remove the wireless
hardware, and policy permits the device to enter sensitive spaces as long
as wireless is disabled, efforts should instead focus on disabling wireless capability
via software. |
Group
Disable Wireless Through Software Configuration
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
If it is impossible to remove the wireless hardware
from the device in question, disable as much of it as possible
through software. The following methods can disable software
support for wireless networking, but note that these methods do not
prevent malicious software or careless users from re-activating the
devices. |
Rule
Disable Bluetooth Kernel Module
[ref] | The kernel's module loading system can be configured to prevent
loading of the Bluetooth module. Add the following to
the appropriate /etc/modprobe.d configuration file
to prevent the loading of the Bluetooth module:
install bluetooth /bin/true
| Rationale: | If Bluetooth functionality must be disabled, preventing the kernel
from loading the kernel module provides an additional safeguard against its
activation. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_bluetooth_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.13.1.3 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.16 | disa | CCI-001443, CCI-000381 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | AC-18(a), AC-18(3), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049, SRG-OS-000300-GPOS-00118 | stigid | OL08-00-040111 | stigref | SV-248843r991569_rule |
| |
|
Group
File Permissions and Masks
Group contains 7 groups and 39 rules |
[ref]
Traditional Unix security relies heavily on file and
directory permissions to prevent unauthorized users from reading or
modifying files to which they should not have access.
Several of the commands in this section search filesystems
for files or directories with certain characteristics, and are
intended to be run on every local partition on a given system.
When the variable PART appears in one of the commands below,
it means that the command is intended to be run repeatedly, with the
name of each local partition substituted for PART in turn.
The following command prints a list of all xfs partitions on the local
system, which is the default filesystem for Oracle Linux 8
installations:
$ mount -t xfs | awk '{print $3}'
For any systems that use a different
local filesystem type, modify this command as appropriate. |
Group
Verify Permissions on Important Files and
Directories
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
Permissions for many files on a system must be set
restrictively to ensure sensitive information is properly protected.
This section discusses important
permission restrictions which can be verified
to ensure that no harmful discrepancies have
arisen. |
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Hardlinks
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_hardlinks kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_hardlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : fs.protected_hardlinks = 1
| Rationale: | By enabling this kernel parameter, users can no longer create soft or hard links to
files which they do not own. Disallowing such hardlinks mitigate vulnerabilities
based on insecure file system accessed by privileged programs, avoiding an
exploitation vector exploiting unsafe use of open() or creat() . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_protected_hardlinks | References: | disa | CCI-002235, CCI-002165 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00122, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | stigid | OL08-00-010374 | anssi | R14 | stigref | SV-248578r958702_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Symlinks
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_symlinks kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_symlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : fs.protected_symlinks = 1
| Rationale: | By enabling this kernel parameter, symbolic links are permitted to be followed
only when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the UID of the
link and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner.
Disallowing such symlinks helps mitigate vulnerabilities based on insecure file system
accessed by privileged programs, avoiding an exploitation vector exploiting unsafe use of
open() or creat() . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_protected_symlinks | References: | disa | CCI-002235, CCI-002165 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00122, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | stigid | OL08-00-010373 | anssi | R14 | stigref | SV-248577r958702_rule |
| |
|
Group
Restrict Dynamic Mounting and Unmounting of
Filesystems
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Linux includes a number of facilities for the automated addition
and removal of filesystems on a running system. These facilities may be
necessary in many environments, but this capability also carries some risk -- whether direct
risk from allowing users to introduce arbitrary filesystems,
or risk that software flaws in the automated mount facility itself could
allow an attacker to compromise the system.
This command can be used to list the types of filesystems that are
available to the currently executing kernel:
$ find /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/fs -type f -name '*.ko'
If these filesystems are not required then they can be explicitly disabled
in a configuratio file in /etc/modprobe.d . |
Rule
Disable Mounting of cramfs
[ref] |
To configure the system to prevent the cramfs
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf :
install cramfs /bin/false
To configure the system to prevent the cramfs from being used,
add the following line to file /etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf :
blacklist cramfs
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.
The cramfs filesystem type is a compressed read-only
Linux filesystem embedded in small footprint systems. A
cramfs image can be used without having to first
decompress the image. | Rationale: | Removing support for unneeded filesystem types reduces the local attack surface
of the server. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_cramfs_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.4.6 | disa | CCI-000381 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | stigid | OL08-00-040025 | stigref | SV-248833r958478_rule |
| |
|
Group
Restrict Partition Mount Options
Group contains 21 rules |
[ref]
System partitions can be mounted with certain options
that limit what files on those partitions can do. These options
are set in the /etc/fstab configuration file, and can be
used to make certain types of malicious behavior more difficult. |
Rule
Add nodev Option to /boot
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from
being created in /boot .
Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in
the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot
jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/boot . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_boot_nodev | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 |
| |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /boot
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /boot . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required on the boot partition.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/boot . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from boot partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_boot_nosuid | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010571 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248617r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to /dev/shm
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent creation of device
files in /dev/shm . Legitimate character and block devices should
not exist within temporary directories like /dev/shm .
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/dev/shm . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_dev_shm_nodev | References: | cis-csc | 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-001764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040120 | stigref | SV-248844r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /dev/shm
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /dev/shm .
It can be dangerous to allow the execution of binaries
from world-writable temporary storage directories such as /dev/shm .
Add the noexec option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/dev/shm . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories
such as /dev/shm can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_dev_shm_noexec | References: | cis-csc | 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-001764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040122 | stigref | SV-248846r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /dev/shm
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution
of setuid programs in /dev/shm . The SUID and SGID permissions should not
be required in these world-writable directories.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/dev/shm . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_dev_shm_nosuid | References: | cis-csc | 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-001764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040121 | stigref | SV-248845r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to /home
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from
being created in /home .
Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in
the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot
jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/home . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | unknown | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_home_nodev | References: | | |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /home
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /home . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in these user data directories.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/home . Warning:
OVAL looks for partitions whose mount point is a substring of any interactive user's home
directory and validates that noexec option is there. Because of this, there could be false
negatives when several partitions share a base substring. For example, if there is a home
directory in /var/tmp/user1 and there are partitions mounted in /var and
/var/tmp . The noexec option is only expected in /var/tmp , but OVAL will
check both.
Bash remediation uses the df command to find out the partition where the home
directory is mounted. However, if the directory doesn't exist the remediation won't be
applied. | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from user home directory partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_home_nosuid | References: | cis-csc | 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010570 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248616r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to Non-Root Local Partitions
[ref] | The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as
character or block devices. Legitimate character and block devices should
exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within
chroot jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
any non-root local partitions. | Rationale: | The nodev mount option prevents files from being
interpreted as character or block devices. The only legitimate location
for device files is the /dev directory located on the root partition.
The only exception to this is chroot jails, for which it is not advised
to set nodev on these filesystems. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_nodev_nonroot_local_partitions | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010580 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248619r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to /tmp
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from
being created in /tmp . Legitimate character and block devices
should not exist within temporary directories like /tmp .
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/tmp . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_nodev | References: | cis-csc | 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-001764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040123 | stigref | SV-248847r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /tmp
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /tmp .
Add the noexec option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/tmp . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories
such as /tmp should never be necessary in normal operation and
can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_noexec | References: | cis-csc | 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-001764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040125 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248849r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /tmp
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /tmp . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in these world-writable directories.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/tmp . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_tmp_nosuid | References: | cis-csc | 11, 13, 14, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-001764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040124 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248848r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to /var/log/audit
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from
being created in /var/log/audit .
Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in
the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot
jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/log/audit . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_audit_nodev | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040129 | stigref | SV-248853r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /var/log/audit
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /var/log/audit .
Add the noexec option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/log/audit . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from directories containing audit log files
such as /var/log/audit should never be necessary in normal operation and
can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_audit_noexec | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040131 | stigref | SV-248855r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /var/log/audit
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /var/log/audit . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in directories containing audit log files.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/log/audit . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from partitions
designated for audit log files. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_audit_nosuid | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040130 | stigref | SV-248854r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to /var/log
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from
being created in /var/log .
Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in
the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot
jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/log . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_nodev | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040126 | stigref | SV-248850r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /var/log
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /var/log .
Add the noexec option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/log . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from directories containing log files
such as /var/log should never be necessary in normal operation and
can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_noexec | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040128 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248852r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /var/log
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /var/log . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in directories containing log files.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/log . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from partitions
designated for log files. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_log_nosuid | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 | stigid | OL08-00-040127 | anssi | R28 | stigref | SV-248851r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to /var
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from
being created in /var .
Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in
the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot
jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_nodev | References: | disa | CCI-001764 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154 |
| |
|
Rule
Add nodev Option to /var/tmp
[ref] | The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from
being created in /var/tmp . Legitimate character and block devices
should not exist within temporary directories like /var/tmp .
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/tmp . | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. The only exception to this is chroot jails. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_nodev | References: | | |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to /var/tmp
[ref] | The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries
from being executed out of /var/tmp .
Add the noexec option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/tmp . | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from world-writable directories
such as /var/tmp should never be necessary in normal operation and
can expose the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_noexec | References: | | |
|
Rule
Add nosuid Option to /var/tmp
[ref] | The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent
execution of setuid programs in /var/tmp . The SUID and SGID permissions
should not be required in these world-writable directories.
Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
/var/tmp . | Rationale: | The presence of SUID and SGID executables should be tightly controlled. Users
should not be able to execute SUID or SGID binaries from temporary storage partitions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_var_tmp_nosuid | References: | | |
|
Group
Restrict Programs from Dangerous Execution Patterns
Group contains 3 groups and 15 rules |
[ref]
The recommendations in this section are designed to
ensure that the system's features to protect against potentially
dangerous program execution are activated.
These protections are applied at the system initialization or
kernel level, and defend against certain types of badly-configured
or compromised programs. |
Group
Disable Core Dumps
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
A core dump file is the memory image of an executable
program when it was terminated by the operating system due to
errant behavior. In most cases, only software developers
legitimately need to access these files. The core dump files may
also contain sensitive information, or unnecessarily occupy large
amounts of disk space.
Once a hard limit is set in /etc/security/limits.conf , or
to a file within the /etc/security/limits.d/ directory, a
user cannot increase that limit within his or her own session. If access
to core dumps is required, consider restricting them to only
certain users or groups. See the limits.conf man page for more
information.
The core dumps of setuid programs are further protected. The
sysctl variable fs.suid_dumpable controls whether
the kernel allows core dumps from these programs at all. The default
value of 0 is recommended. |
Rule
Disable acquiring, saving, and processing core dumps
[ref] | The systemd-coredump.socket unit is a socket activation of
the systemd-coredump@.service which processes core dumps.
By masking the unit, core dump processing is disabled. | Rationale: | A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system
terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data
and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_systemd-coredump_disabled | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable core dump backtraces
[ref] | The ProcessSizeMax option in [Coredump] section
of /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
specifies the maximum size in bytes of a core which will be processed.
Core dumps exceeding this size may be stored, but the backtrace will not
be generated. Warning:
If the /etc/systemd/coredump.conf file
does not already contain the [Coredump] section,
the value will not be configured correctly. | Rationale: | A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system
terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data
and is generally useful only for developers or system operators trying to
debug problems.
Enabling core dumps on production systems is not recommended,
however there may be overriding operational requirements to enable advanced
debuging. Permitting temporary enablement of core dumps during such situations
should be reviewed through local needs and policy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_coredump_disable_backtraces | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable storing core dump
[ref] | The Storage option in [Coredump] sectionof /etc/systemd/coredump.conf
can be set to none to disable storing core dumps permanently. Warning:
If the /etc/systemd/coredump.conf file
does not already contain the [Coredump] section,
the value will not be configured correctly. | Rationale: | A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system
terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data
and is generally useful only for developers or system operators trying to
debug problems. Enabling core dumps on production systems is not recommended,
however there may be overriding operational requirements to enable advanced
debuging. Permitting temporary enablement of core dumps during such situations
should be reviewed through local needs and policy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_coredump_disable_storage | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable Core Dumps for All Users
[ref] | To disable core dumps for all users, add the following line to
/etc/security/limits.conf , or to a file within the
/etc/security/limits.d/ directory:
* hard core 0
| Rationale: | A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system
terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful
only for developers trying to debug problems. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_users_coredumps | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 15, 16, 2, 7, 8 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.07 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.17.2.1 | nist | CM-6, SC-7(10) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010673 | pcidss4 | 3.3.1.1, 3.3.1, 3.3 | stigref | SV-248631r991589_rule |
| |
|
Group
Enable ExecShield
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
ExecShield describes kernel features that provide
protection against exploitation of memory corruption errors such as buffer
overflows. These features include random placement of the stack and other
memory regions, prevention of execution in memory that should only hold data,
and special handling of text buffers. These protections are enabled by default
on 32-bit systems and controlled through sysctl variables
kernel.exec-shield and kernel.randomize_va_space . On the latest
64-bit systems, kernel.exec-shield cannot be enabled or disabled with
sysctl . |
Rule
Restrict Exposed Kernel Pointer Addresses Access
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.kptr_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.kptr_restrict=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.kptr_restrict = 1
| Rationale: | Exposing kernel pointers (through procfs or seq_printf() ) exposes kernel
writeable structures which may contain functions pointers. If a write vulnerability
occurs in the kernel, allowing write access to any of this structure, the kernel can
be compromised. This option disallow any program without the CAP_SYSLOG capability
to get the addresses of kernel pointers by replacing them with 0. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_kptr_restrict | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-002824, CCI-001082 | nerc-cip | CIP-002-5 R1.1, CIP-002-5 R1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 4.1, CIP-004-6 4.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.4, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R4, CIP-005-6 R1, CIP-005-6 R1.1, CIP-005-6 R1.2, CIP-007-3 R3, CIP-007-3 R3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R8.4, CIP-009-6 R.1.1, CIP-009-6 R4 | nist | SC-30, SC-30(2), SC-30(5), CM-6(a) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00192, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-040283 | anssi | R9 | stigref | SV-248891r991589_rule |
| |
|
Group
Memory Poisoning
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
Memory Poisoning consists of writing a special value to uninitialized or freed memory.
Poisoning can be used as a mechanism to prevent leak of information and detection of
corrupted memory. |
Rule
Enable page allocator poisoning
[ref] | To enable poisoning of free pages,
add the argument page_poison=1 to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
To ensure that page_poison=1 is added as a kernel command line
argument to newly installed kernels, add page_poison=1 to the
default Grub2 command line for Linux operating systems. Modify the line within
/etc/default/grub as shown below:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="... page_poison=1 ..."
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels: # grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="page_poison=1"
| Rationale: | Poisoning writes an arbitrary value to freed pages, so any modification or
reference to that page after being freed or before being initialized will be
detected and prevented.
This prevents many types of use-after-free vulnerabilities at little performance cost.
Also prevents leak of data and detection of corrupted memory. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_page_poison_argument | References: | | |
|
Rule
Enable SLUB/SLAB allocator poisoning
[ref] | To enable poisoning of SLUB/SLAB objects,
add the argument slub_debug=P
to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
To ensure that slub_debug=P
is added as a kernel command line
argument to newly installed kernels, add slub_debug=P
to the
default Grub2 command line for Linux operating systems. Modify the line within
/etc/default/grub as shown below:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="... slub_debug=P ..."
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels: # grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="slub_debug=P"
| Rationale: | Poisoning writes an arbitrary value to freed objects, so any modification or
reference to that object after being freed or before being initialized will be
detected and prevented.
This prevents many types of use-after-free vulnerabilities at little performance cost.
Also prevents leak of data and detection of corrupted memory. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_slub_debug_argument | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable storing core dumps
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.core_pattern kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.core_pattern=|/bin/false
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.core_pattern = |/bin/false
| Rationale: | A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system
terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful
only for developers trying to debug problems. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_core_pattern | References: | | |
|
Rule
Restrict Access to Kernel Message Buffer
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.dmesg_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.dmesg_restrict=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.dmesg_restrict = 1
| Rationale: | Unprivileged access to the kernel syslog can expose sensitive kernel
address information. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_dmesg_restrict | References: | cui | 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-001082, CCI-001090 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | nist | SI-11(a), SI-11(b) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000243-CTR-000600 | stigid | OL08-00-010375 | anssi | R9 | stigref | SV-248579r958524_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Image Loading
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.kexec_load_disabled kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.kexec_load_disabled=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.kexec_load_disabled = 1
| Rationale: | Disabling kexec_load allows greater control of the kernel memory.
It makes it impossible to load another kernel image after it has been disabled.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_kexec_load_disabled | References: | disa | CCI-003992, CCI-000366 | nist | CM-6 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153 | stigid | OL08-00-010372 | stigref | SV-248576r1015033_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disallow kernel profiling by unprivileged users
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.perf_event_paranoid kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.perf_event_paranoid=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.perf_event_paranoid = 2
| Rationale: | Kernel profiling can reveal sensitive information about kernel behaviour. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_perf_event_paranoid | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable Access to Network bpf() Syscall From Unprivileged Processes
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled = 1
| Rationale: | Loading and accessing the packet filters programs and maps using the bpf()
syscall has the potential of revealing sensitive information about the kernel state. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_unprivileged_bpf_disabled | References: | | |
|
Rule
Restrict usage of ptrace to descendant processes
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.yama.ptrace_scope kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.yama.ptrace_scope=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.yama.ptrace_scope = 1
| Rationale: | Unrestricted usage of ptrace allows compromised binaries to run ptrace
on another processes of the user. Like this, the attacker can steal
sensitive information from the target processes (e.g. SSH sessions, web browser, ...)
without any additional assistance from the user (i.e. without resorting to phishing).
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_yama_ptrace_scope | References: | | |
|
Rule
Harden the operation of the BPF just-in-time compiler
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.core.bpf_jit_harden kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.core.bpf_jit_harden=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.core.bpf_jit_harden = 2
| Rationale: | When hardened, the extended Berkeley Packet Filter just-in-time compiler
will randomize any kernel addresses in the BPF programs and maps,
and will not expose the JIT addresses in /proc/kallsyms . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_core_bpf_jit_harden | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable the use of user namespaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the user.max_user_namespaces kernel parameter,
run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w user.max_user_namespaces=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent,
add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d :
user.max_user_namespaces = 0
When containers are deployed on the machine, the value should be set
to large non-zero value. Warning:
This configuration baseline was created to deploy the base operating system for general purpose
workloads. When the operating system is configured for certain purposes, such as to host Linux Containers,
it is expected that user.max_user_namespaces will be enabled. | Rationale: | It is detrimental for operating systems to provide, or install by default, functionality exceeding requirements or system objectives.
These unnecessary capabilities or services are often overlooked and therefore may remain unsecured.
They increase the risk to the platform by providing additional attack vectors.
User namespaces are used primarily for Linux containers. The value 0
disallows the use of user namespaces. | Severity: | info | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_user_max_user_namespaces | References: | | |
|
Group
SELinux
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
SELinux is a feature of the Linux kernel which can be
used to guard against misconfigured or compromised programs.
SELinux enforces the idea that programs should be limited in what
files they can access and what actions they can take.
The default SELinux policy, as configured on Oracle Linux 8, has been
sufficiently developed and debugged that it should be usable on
almost any system with minimal configuration and a small
amount of system administrator training. This policy prevents
system services - including most of the common network-visible
services such as mail servers, FTP servers, and DNS servers - from
accessing files which those services have no valid reason to
access. This action alone prevents a huge amount of possible damage
from network attacks against services, from trojaned software, and
so forth.
This guide recommends that SELinux be enabled using the
default (targeted) policy on every Oracle Linux 8 system, unless that
system has unusual requirements which make a stronger policy
appropriate.
For more information on SELinux, see https://docs.oracle.com/en/operating-systems/oracle-linux/selinux/. |
Rule
Install policycoreutils-python-utils package
[ref] | The policycoreutils-python-utils package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install policycoreutils-python-utils
| Rationale: | This package is required to operate and manage an SELinux environment and its policies.
It provides utilities such as semanage, audit2allow, audit2why, chcat and sandbox. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_policycoreutils-python-utils_installed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Install policycoreutils Package
[ref] | The policycoreutils package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install policycoreutils
| Rationale: | Security-enhanced Linux is a feature of the Linux kernel and a number of utilities
with enhanced security functionality designed to add mandatory access controls to Linux.
The Security-enhanced Linux kernel contains new architectural components originally
developed to improve security of the Flask operating system. These architectural components
provide general support for the enforcement of many kinds of mandatory access control
policies, including those based on the concepts of Type Enforcement, Role-based Access
Control, and Multi-level Security.
policycoreutils contains the policy core utilities that are required for
basic operation of an SELinux-enabled system. These utilities include load_policy
to load SELinux policies, setfiles to label filesystems, newrole to
switch roles, and so on. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_policycoreutils_installed | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001084 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000134-GPOS-00068 | stigid | OL08-00-010171 | stigref | SV-248549r958518_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Configure SELinux Policy
[ref] | The SELinux targeted policy is appropriate for
general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles.
To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line
in /etc/selinux/config :
SELINUXTYPE=targeted
Other policies, such as mls , provide additional security labeling
and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose
use cases. | Rationale: | Setting the SELinux policy to targeted or a more specialized policy
ensures the system will confine processes that are likely to be
targeted for exploitation, such as network or system services.
Note: During the development or debugging of SELinux modules, it is common to
temporarily place non-production systems in permissive mode. In such
temporary cases, SELinux policies should be developed, and once work
is completed, the system should be reconfigured to
targeted . | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_policytype | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.2, 3.7.2 | disa | CCI-002696 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AC-3, AC-3(3)(a), AU-9, SC-7(21) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000233-CTR-000585 | stigid | OL08-00-010450 | anssi | R46, R64 | bsi | APP.4.4.A4, SYS.1.6.A3, SYS.1.6.A18, SYS.1.6.A21 | pcidss4 | 1.2.6, 1.2 | stigref | SV-248596r958944_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing
[ref] | The SELinux state should be set to enforcing at
system boot time. In the file /etc/selinux/config , add or correct the
following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing mode:
SELINUX=enforcing
| Rationale: | Setting the SELinux state to enforcing ensures SELinux is able to confine
potentially compromised processes to the security policy, which is designed to
prevent them from causing damage to the system or further elevating their
privileges. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_state | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.2, 3.7.2 | disa | CCI-002696, CCI-001084 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AC-3, AC-3(3)(a), AU-9, SC-7(21) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, SRG-OS-000134-GPOS-00068 | stigid | OL08-00-010170 | anssi | R37, R79 | bsi | APP.4.4.A4, SYS.1.6.A3, SYS.1.6.A18, SYS.1.6.A21 | pcidss4 | 1.2.6, 1.2 | stigref | SV-248548r958518_rule |
| |
|
Group
Services
Group contains 10 groups and 30 rules |
[ref]
The best protection against vulnerable software is running less software. This section describes how to review
the software which Oracle Linux 8 installs on a system and disable software which is not needed. It
then enumerates the software packages installed on a default Oracle Linux 8 system and provides guidance about which
ones can be safely disabled.
Oracle Linux 8 provides a convenient minimal install option that essentially installs the bare necessities for a functional
system. When building Oracle Linux 8 systems, it is highly recommended to select the minimal packages and then build up
the system from there. |
Group
Base Services
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
This section addresses the base services that are installed on a
Oracle Linux 8 default installation which are not covered in other
sections. Some of these services listen on the network and
should be treated with particular discretion. Other services are local
system utilities that may or may not be extraneous. In general, system services
should be disabled if not required. |
Rule
Uninstall Automatic Bug Reporting Tool (abrt)
[ref] | The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool ( abrt ) collects
and reports crash data when an application crash is detected. Using a variety
of plugins, abrt can email crash reports to system administrators, log crash
reports to files, or forward crash reports to a centralized issue tracking
system such as RHTSupport.
The abrt package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase abrt
| Rationale: | Mishandling crash data could expose sensitive information about
vulnerabilities in software executing on the system, as well as sensitive
information from within a process's address space or registers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_abrt_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable KDump Kernel Crash Analyzer (kdump)
[ref] | The kdump service provides a kernel crash dump analyzer. It uses the kexec
system call to boot a secondary kernel ("capture" kernel) following a system
crash, which can load information from the crashed kernel for analysis.
The kdump service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now kdump.service
| Rationale: | Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the
time of the crash. Kernel core dumps consume a considerable amount of disk
space and may result in denial of service by exhausting the available space
on the target file system partition. Unless the system is used for kernel
development or testing, there is little need to run the kdump service. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_kdump_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000269-GPOS-00103, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010670 | stigref | SV-248628r991562_rule |
| |
|
Group
Application Whitelisting Daemon
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
Fapolicyd (File Access Policy Daemon) implements application whitelisting
to decide file access rights. Applications that are known via a reputation
source are allowed access while unknown applications are not. The daemon
makes use of the kernel's fanotify interface to determine file access rights. |
Rule
Install fapolicyd Package
[ref] | The fapolicyd package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install fapolicyd
| Rationale: | fapolicyd (File Access Policy Daemon)
implements application whitelisting to decide file access rights.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_fapolicyd_installed | References: | disa | CCI-001774, CCI-001764 | nist | CM-6(a), SI-4(22) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000370-GPOS-00155, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00230 | stigid | OL08-00-040135 | stigref | SV-248859r958804_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable the File Access Policy Service
[ref] | The File Access Policy service should be enabled.
The fapolicyd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable fapolicyd.service
| Rationale: | The fapolicyd service (File Access Policy Daemon)
implements application whitelisting to decide file access rights. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_fapolicyd_enabled | References: | disa | CCI-001774, CCI-001764 | nist | CM-6(a), SI-4(22) | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000370-GPOS-00155, SRG-OS-000368-GPOS-00154, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00230 | stigid | OL08-00-040136 | stigref | SV-248860r958804_rule |
| |
|
Group
Kerberos
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The Kerberos protocol is used for authentication across
non-secure network. Authentication can happen between
various types of principals -- users, service, or hosts.
Their identity and encryption keys can be stored in keytab
files. |
Rule
Disable Kerberos by removing host keytab
[ref] | Kerberos may rely on key distribution functions unapproved by Common Criteria.
To prevent using Kerberos by system daemons, remove the Kerberos keytab files, especially
/etc/krb5.keytab . | Rationale: | Some key derivation functions (KDF) in Kerberos are not FIPS-compatible | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kerberos_disable_no_keytab | References: | | |
|
Group
Mail Server Software
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Mail servers are used to send and receive email over the network.
Mail is a very common service, and Mail Transfer Agents (MTAs) are obvious
targets of network attack.
Ensure that systems are not running MTAs unnecessarily,
and configure needed MTAs as defensively as possible.
Very few systems at any site should be configured to directly receive email over the
network. Users should instead use mail client programs to retrieve email
from a central server that supports protocols such as IMAP or POP3.
However, it is normal for most systems to be independently capable of sending email,
for instance so that cron jobs can report output to an administrator.
Most MTAs, including Postfix, support a submission-only mode in which mail can be sent from
the local system to a central site MTA (or directly delivered to a local account),
but the system still cannot receive mail directly over a network.
The alternatives program in Oracle Linux 8 permits selection of other mail server software
(such as Sendmail), but Postfix is the default and is preferred.
Postfix was coded with security in mind and can also be more effectively contained by
SELinux as its modular design has resulted in separate processes performing specific actions.
More information is available on its website,
http://www.postfix.org. |
Rule
Uninstall Sendmail Package
[ref] | Sendmail is not the default mail transfer agent and is
not installed by default.
The sendmail package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase sendmail
| Rationale: | The sendmail software was not developed with security in mind and
its design prevents it from being effectively contained by SELinux. Postfix
should be used instead. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_sendmail_removed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-000381 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | stigid | OL08-00-040002 | anssi | R62 | stigref | SV-248825r958478_rule |
| |
|
Group
NFS and RPC
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The Network File System is a popular distributed filesystem for
the Unix environment, and is very widely deployed. This section discusses the
circumstances under which it is possible to disable NFS and its dependencies,
and then details steps which should be taken to secure
NFS's configuration. This section is relevant to systems operating as NFS
clients, as well as to those operating as NFS servers. |
Rule
Uninstall nfs-utils Package
[ref] | The nfs-utils package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo yum erase nfs-utils
| Rationale: | nfs-utils provides a daemon for the kernel NFS server and related tools. This
package also contains the showmount program. showmount queries the mount
daemon on a remote host for information about the Network File System (NFS) server on the
remote host. For example, showmount can display the clients which are mounted on
that host.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_nfs-utils_removed | References: | | |
|
Group
Network Time Protocol
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The Network Time Protocol is used to manage the system
clock over a network. Computer clocks are not very accurate, so
time will drift unpredictably on unmanaged systems. Central time
protocols can be used both to ensure that time is consistent among
a network of systems, and that their time is consistent with the
outside world.
If every system on a network reliably reports the same time, then it is much
easier to correlate log messages in case of an attack. In addition, a number of
cryptographic protocols (such as Kerberos) use timestamps to prevent certain
types of attacks. If your network does not have synchronized time, these
protocols may be unreliable or even unusable.
Depending on the specifics of the network, global time accuracy may be just as
important as local synchronization, or not very important at all. If your
network is connected to the Internet, using a public timeserver (or one
provided by your enterprise) provides globally accurate timestamps which may be
essential in investigating or responding to an attack which originated outside
of your network.
A typical network setup involves a small number of internal systems operating
as NTP servers, and the remainder obtaining time information from those
internal servers.
There is a choice between the daemons ntpd and chronyd , which
are available from the repositories in the ntp and chrony
packages respectively.
The default chronyd daemon can work well when external time references
are only intermittently accesible, can perform well even when the network is
congested for longer periods of time, can usually synchronize the clock faster
and with better time accuracy, and quickly adapts to sudden changes in the rate
of the clock, for example, due to changes in the temperature of the crystal
oscillator. Chronyd should be considered for all systems which are
frequently suspended or otherwise intermittently disconnected and reconnected
to a network. Mobile and virtual systems for example.
The ntpd NTP daemon fully supports NTP protocol version 4 (RFC 5905),
including broadcast, multicast, manycast clients and servers, and the orphan
mode. It also supports extra authentication schemes based on public-key
cryptography (RFC 5906). The NTP daemon ( ntpd ) should be considered
for systems which are normally kept permanently on. Systems which are required
to use broadcast or multicast IP, or to perform authentication of packets with
the Autokey protocol, should consider using ntpd .
Refer to
https://docs.oracle.com/en/operating-systems/oracle-linux/8/network/network-ConfiguringNetworkTime.html#ol-nettime
for more detailed comparison of features of chronyd
and ntpd daemon features respectively, and for further guidance how to
choose between the two NTP daemons.
The upstream manual pages at
https://chrony-project.org/documentation.html for
chronyd and
http://www.ntp.org for ntpd provide additional
information on the capabilities and configuration of each of the NTP daemons. |
Rule
The Chrony package is installed
[ref] | System time should be synchronized between all systems in an environment. This is
typically done by establishing an authoritative time server or set of servers and having all
systems synchronize their clocks to them.
The chrony package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install chrony
| Rationale: | Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms like
Kerberos and also ensures log files have consistent time records across the enterprise,
which aids in forensic investigations. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_chrony_installed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable chrony daemon from acting as server
[ref] | The port option in /etc/chrony.conf can be set to
0 to make chrony daemon to never open any listening port
for server operation and to operate strictly in a client-only mode. | Rationale: | In order to prevent unauthorized connection of devices, unauthorized transfer of information, or unauthorized tunneling (i.e., embedding of data types within data types), organizations must disable or restrict unused or unnecessary physical and logical ports/protocols on information systems.
Operating systems are capable of providing a wide variety of functions and services. Some of the functions and services provided by default may not be necessary to support essential organizational operations. Additionally, it is sometimes convenient to provide multiple services from a single component (e.g., VPN and IPS); however, doing so increases risk over limiting the services provided by any one component.
To support the requirements and principles of least functionality, the operating system must support the organizational requirements, providing only essential capabilities and limiting the use of ports, protocols, and/or services to only those required, authorized, and approved to conduct official business or to address authorized quality of life issues. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_client_only | References: | disa | CCI-000382, CCI-000381 | nist | AU-8(1), AU-12(1) | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000096-GPOS-00050, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | stigid | OL08-00-030741 | stigref | SV-248821r958478_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable network management of chrony daemon
[ref] | The cmdport option in /etc/chrony.conf can be set to
0 to stop chrony daemon from listening on the UDP port 323
for management connections made by chronyc. | Rationale: | Minimizing the exposure of the server functionality of the chrony
daemon diminishes the attack surface. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_no_chronyc_network | References: | disa | CCI-000382, CCI-000381 | nist | CM-7(1) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000096-GPOS-00050, SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | stigid | OL08-00-030742 | stigref | SV-248822r958478_rule |
| |
|
Group
SSH Server
Group contains 2 groups and 16 rules |
[ref]
The SSH protocol is recommended for remote login and
remote file transfer. SSH provides confidentiality and integrity
for data exchanged between two systems, as well as server
authentication, through the use of public key cryptography. The
implementation included with the system is called OpenSSH, and more
detailed documentation is available from its website,
https://www.openssh.com.
Its server program is called sshd and provided by the RPM package
openssh-server . |
Group
Configure OpenSSH Client if Necessary
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The following configuration changes apply to the SSH client. They can
improve security parameters relwevant to the client user, e.g. increasing
entropy while generating initialization vectors. Note that these changes
influence only the default SSH client configuration. Changes in this group
can be overridden by the client user by modifying files within the
~/.ssh directory or by supplying parameters on the command line. |
Rule
Configure session renegotiation for SSH client
[ref] | The RekeyLimit parameter specifies how often
the session key is renegotiated, both in terms of
amount of data that may be transmitted and the time
elapsed. To decrease the default limits, put line
RekeyLimit 1G
1h
to file /etc/ssh/ssh_config.d/02-rekey-limit.conf .
Make sure that there is no other RekeyLimit configuration preceding
the include directive in the main config file
/etc/ssh/ssh_config . Check also other files in
/etc/ssh/ssh_config.d directory. Files are processed according to
lexicographical order of file names. Make sure that there is no file
processed before 02-rekey-limit.conf containing definition of
RekeyLimit . | Rationale: | By decreasing the limit based on the amount of data and enabling
time-based limit, effects of potential attacks against
encryption keys are limited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ssh_client_rekey_limit | References: | disa | CCI-000068 | ospp | FCS_SSH_EXT.1.8 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000423-GPOS-00187, SRG-OS-000033-GPOS-00014, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188 |
| |
|
Rule
SSH client uses strong entropy to seed (for CSH like shells)
[ref] | To set up SSH client to use entropy from a high-quality source, make sure
that the appropriate shell environment variable is configured. The
SSH_USE_STRONG_RNG environment variable determines how many bytes
of entropy to use. Make sure that the file
/etc/profile.d/cc-ssh-strong-rng.csh contains line
setenv SSH_USE_STRONG_RNG 32 . | Rationale: | Some SSH implementations use the openssl library for entropy, which by default, doesn't use high-entropy sources.
Randomness is needed to generate considerably more secure data-encryption keys. Plaintext padding, initialization vectors
in encryption algorithms, and high-quality entropy eliminates the possibility that the output of
the random number generator used by SSH would be known to potential attackers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ssh_client_use_strong_rng_csh | References: | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
SSH client uses strong entropy to seed (Bash-like shells)
[ref] | To set up SSH client to use entropy from a high-quality source, make sure
that the appropriate shell environment variable is configured. The
SSH_USE_STRONG_RNG environment variable determines how many bytes
of entropy to use. Make sure that the file
/etc/profile.d/cc-ssh-strong-rng.sh contains line
export SSH_USE_STRONG_RNG=32 . | Rationale: | Some SSH implementations use the openssl library for entropy, which by default, doesn't use high-entropy sources.
Randomness is needed to generate considerably more secure data-encryption keys. Plaintext padding, initialization vectors
in encryption algorithms, and high-quality entropy eliminates the possibility that the output of
the random number generator used by SSH would be known to potential attackers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ssh_client_use_strong_rng_sh | References: | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Group
Configure OpenSSH Server if Necessary
Group contains 11 rules |
[ref]
If the system needs to act as an SSH server, then
certain changes should be made to the OpenSSH daemon configuration
file /etc/ssh/sshd_config . The following recommendations can be
applied to this file. See the sshd_config(5) man page for more
detailed information. |
Rule
Set SSH Client Alive Count Max to zero
[ref] | The SSH server sends at most ClientAliveCountMax messages
during a SSH session and waits for a response from the SSH client.
The option ClientAliveInterval configures timeout after
each ClientAliveCountMax message. If the SSH server does not
receive a response from the client, then the connection is considered unresponsive
and terminated.
To ensure the SSH timeout occurs precisely when the
ClientAliveInterval is set, set the ClientAliveCountMax to
value of 0 in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config : | Rationale: | This ensures a user login will be terminated as soon as the ClientAliveInterval
is reached. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_keepalive_0 | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.11 | disa | CCI-000879, CCI-001133, CCI-002361 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2 | pcidss | Req-8.1.8 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000126-GPOS-00066, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109 |
| |
|
Rule
Set SSH Client Alive Interval
[ref] | SSH allows administrators to set a network responsiveness timeout interval.
After this interval has passed, the unresponsive client will be automatically logged out.
To set this timeout interval, edit the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config as
follows:
ClientAliveInterval 840
The timeout interval is given in seconds. For example, have a timeout
of 10 minutes, set interval to 600.
If a shorter timeout has already been set for the login shell, that value will
preempt any SSH setting made in /etc/ssh/sshd_config . Keep in mind that
some processes may stop SSH from correctly detecting that the user is idle. Warning:
SSH disconnecting unresponsive clients will not have desired effect without also
configuring ClientAliveCountMax in the SSH service configuration. Warning:
Following conditions may prevent the SSH session to time out:
- Remote processes on the remote machine generates output. As the output has to be transferred over the network to the client, the timeout is reset every time such transfer happens.
- Any
scp or sftp activity by the same user to the host resets the timeout.
| Rationale: | Terminating an idle ssh session within a short time period reduces the window of
opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a management session
enabled on the console or console port that has been let unattended. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_idle_timeout | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.11 | disa | CCI-001133, CCI-002361, CCI-002891 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.6.1.5, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-17(a), AC-2(5), AC-12, AC-17(a), SC-10, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-2 | pcidss | Req-8.1.8 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000126-GPOS-00066, SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000279-GPOS-00109, SRG-OS-000395-GPOS-00175 | stigid | OL08-00-010201 | pcidss4 | 8.2.8, 8.2 | stigref | SV-248553r986330_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Host-Based Authentication
[ref] | SSH's cryptographic host-based authentication is
more secure than .rhosts authentication. However, it is
not recommended that hosts unilaterally trust one another, even
within an organization.
The default SSH configuration disables host-based authentication. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for HostbasedAuthentication .
To explicitly disable host-based authentication, add or correct the
following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
HostbasedAuthentication no
| Rationale: | SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host
can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_host_auth | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | AC-3, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229 | pcidss4 | 8.3.1, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords
[ref] | Disallow SSH login with empty passwords.
The default SSH configuration disables logins with empty passwords. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for PermitEmptyPasswords .
To explicitly disallow SSH login from accounts with empty passwords,
add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
PermitEmptyPasswords no
Any accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration
should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords. | Rationale: | Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance
that remote login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of
misconfiguration elsewhere. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_empty_passwords | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-000766, CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | pcidss | Req-2.2.4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000106-GPOS-00053, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-020330 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 | stigref | SV-248714r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable GSSAPI Authentication
[ref] | Unless needed, SSH should not permit extraneous or unnecessary
authentication mechanisms like GSSAPI.
The default SSH configuration disallows authentications based on GSSAPI. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for GSSAPIAuthentication .
To explicitly disable GSSAPI authentication, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
GSSAPIAuthentication no
| Rationale: | GSSAPI authentication is used to provide additional authentication mechanisms to
applications. Allowing GSSAPI authentication through SSH exposes the system's
GSSAPI to remote hosts, increasing the attack surface of the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_gssapi_auth | References: | cis-csc | 11, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001813 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 7.6 | ism | 0418, 1055, 1402 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-17(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1 | ospp | FTP_ITC_EXT.1, FCS_SSH_EXT.1.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000364-GPOS-00151, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010522 | stigref | SV-248607r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kerberos Authentication
[ref] | Unless needed, SSH should not permit extraneous or unnecessary
authentication mechanisms like Kerberos.
The default SSH configuration disallows authentication validation through Kerberos.
The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for KerberosAuthentication .
To explicitly disable Kerberos authentication, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
KerberosAuthentication no
| Rationale: | Kerberos authentication for SSH is often implemented using GSSAPI. If Kerberos
is enabled through SSH, the SSH daemon provides a means of access to the
system's Kerberos implementation.
Configuring these settings for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance that remote logon via SSH will not use unused methods of authentication, even in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_kerb_auth | References: | cis-csc | 11, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001813 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 7.6 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1 | ospp | FTP_ITC_EXT.1, FCS_SSH_EXT.1.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000364-GPOS-00151, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010521 | stigref | SV-248606r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Disable SSH Root Login
[ref] | The root user should never be allowed to login to a
system directly over a network.
To disable root login via SSH, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
PermitRootLogin no
| Rationale: | Even though the communications channel may be encrypted, an additional layer of
security is gained by extending the policy of not logging directly on as root.
In addition, logging in with a user-specific account provides individual
accountability of actions performed on the system and also helps to minimize
direct attack attempts on root's password. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_root_login | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-004045 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | AC-6(2), AC-17(a), IA-2, IA-2(5), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | pcidss | Req-2.2.4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000109-GPOS-00056, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000148-CTR-000335, SRG-APP-000190-CTR-000500 | stigid | OL08-00-010550 | anssi | R33 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 | stigref | SV-248613r1015039_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Use of Strict Mode Checking
[ref] | SSHs StrictModes option checks file and ownership permissions in
the user's home directory .ssh folder before accepting login. If world-
writable permissions are found, logon is rejected.
The default SSH configuration has StrictModes enabled. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for StrictModes .
To explicitly enable StrictModes in SSH, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
StrictModes yes
| Rationale: | If other users have access to modify user-specific SSH configuration files, they
may be able to log into the system as another user. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_enable_strictmodes | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | AC-6, AC-17(a), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010500 | stigref | SV-248603r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable SSH Warning Banner
[ref] | To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent
across the system, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
Banner /etc/issue
Another section contains information on how to create an
appropriate system-wide warning banner. | Rationale: | The warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and
facilitates possible legal action against attackers. Alternatively, systems
whose ownership should not be obvious should ensure usage of a banner that does
not provide easy attribution. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_enable_warning_banner | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.9 | disa | CCI-001387, CCI-001384, CCI-000048, CCI-001386, CCI-001388, CCI-001385 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | AC-8(a), AC-8(c), AC-17(a), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | ospp | FTA_TAB.1 | pcidss | Req-2.2.4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000228-GPOS-00088 | stigid | OL08-00-010040 | stigref | SV-248526r958390_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Force frequent session key renegotiation
[ref] | The RekeyLimit parameter specifies how often
the session key of the is renegotiated, both in terms of
amount of data that may be transmitted and the time
elapsed.
To decrease the default limits, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
RekeyLimit 1G
1h
| Rationale: | By decreasing the limit based on the amount of data and enabling
time-based limit, effects of potential attacks against
encryption keys are limited. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_rekey_limit | References: | disa | CCI-002421, CCI-000068, CCI-002418 | ospp | FCS_SSH_EXT.1.8 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000033-GPOS-00014 | stigid | OL08-00-040161 | stigref | SV-248868r958408_rule |
| |
|
Rule
SSH server uses strong entropy to seed
[ref] | To set up SSH server to use entropy from a high-quality source, edit the /etc/sysconfig/sshd file.
The SSH_USE_STRONG_RNG configuration value determines how many bytes of entropy to use, so
make sure that the file contains line
SSH_USE_STRONG_RNG=32
Warning:
This setting can cause problems on computers without the hardware random generator, because insufficient entropy causes the connection to be blocked until enough entropy is available. | Rationale: | SSH implementation in Oracle Linux 8 uses the openssl library, which doesn't use
high-entropy sources by default. Randomness is needed to generate data-encryption keys, and as
plaintext padding and initialization vectors in encryption algorithms, and high-quality
entropy elliminates the possibility that the output of the random number generator used by SSH
would be known to potential attackers. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_strong_rng | References: | disa | CCI-000366 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00232, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-010292 | stigref | SV-248563r991593_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Install OpenSSH client software
[ref] | The openssh-clients package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install openssh-clients
| Rationale: | This package includes utilities to make encrypted connections and transfer
files securely to SSH servers. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openssh-clients_installed | References: | disa | CCI-000366 | ospp | FIA_UAU.5, FTP_ITC_EXT.1, FCS_SSH_EXT.1, FCS_SSHC_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Install the OpenSSH Server Package
[ref] | The openssh-server package should be installed.
The openssh-server package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install openssh-server
| Rationale: | Without protection of the transmitted information, confidentiality, and
integrity may be compromised because unprotected communications can be
intercepted and either read or altered. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openssh-server_installed | References: | cis-csc | 13, 14 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-002420, CCI-002421, CCI-002418, CCI-002422 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.2, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.DS-2, PR.DS-5 | ospp | FIA_UAU.5, FTP_ITC_EXT.1, FCS_SSH_EXT.1, FCS_SSHS_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000423-GPOS-00187, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188, SRG-OS-000425-GPOS-00189, SRG-OS-000426-GPOS-00190 | stigid | OL08-00-040159 | stigref | SV-248866r958908_rule |
| |
|
Group
USBGuard daemon
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
The USBGuard daemon enforces the USB device authorization policy for all USB devices. |
Rule
Install usbguard Package
[ref] |
The usbguard package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install usbguard
| Rationale: | usbguard is a software framework that helps to protect
against rogue USB devices by implementing basic whitelisting/blacklisting
capabilities based on USB device attributes.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_usbguard_installed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Enable the USBGuard Service
[ref] | The USBGuard service should be enabled.
The usbguard service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable usbguard.service
| Rationale: | The usbguard service must be running in order to
enforce the USB device authorization policy for all USB devices. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_usbguard_enabled | References: | | |
|
Rule
Log USBGuard daemon audit events using Linux Audit
[ref] | To configure USBGuard daemon to log via Linux Audit
(as opposed directly to a file),
AuditBackend option in /etc/usbguard/usbguard-daemon.conf
needs to be set to LinuxAudit . | Rationale: | Using the Linux Audit logging allows for centralized trace
of events. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_usbguard_auditbackend | References: | | |
|
Rule
Authorize Human Interface Devices and USB hubs in USBGuard daemon
[ref] | To allow authorization of USB devices combining human interface device and hub capabilities
by USBGuard daemon,
add the line
allow with-interface match-all { 03:*:* 09:00:* }
to /etc/usbguard/rules.conf . Warning:
This rule should be understood primarily as a convenience administration feature. This rule ensures that if the USBGuard default rules.conf file is present, it will alter it so that USB human interface devices and hubs are allowed. However, if the rules.conf file is altered by system administrator, the rule does not check if USB human interface devices and hubs are allowed. This assumes that an administrator modified the file with some purpose in mind. | Rationale: | Without allowing Human Interface Devices, it might not be possible
to interact with the system. Without allowing hubs, it might not be possible to use any
USB devices on the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_usbguard_allow_hid_and_hub | References: | | |
|
Group
System Accounting with auditd
Group contains 2 groups and 27 rules |
[ref]
The audit service provides substantial capabilities
for recording system activities. By default, the service audits about
SELinux AVC denials and certain types of security-relevant events
such as system logins, account modifications, and authentication
events performed by programs such as sudo.
Under its default configuration, auditd has modest disk space
requirements, and should not noticeably impact system performance.
NOTE: The Linux Audit daemon auditd can be configured to use
the augenrules program to read audit rules files ( *.rules )
located in /etc/audit/rules.d location and compile them to create
the resulting form of the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file
during the daemon startup (default configuration). Alternatively, the auditd
daemon can use the auditctl utility to read audit rules from the
/etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during daemon startup,
and load them into the kernel. The expected behavior is configured via the
appropriate ExecStartPost directive setting in the
/usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
To instruct the auditd daemon to use the augenrules program
to read audit rules (default configuration), use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/augenrules --load
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
In order to instruct the auditd daemon to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules, use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/auditctl -R /etc/audit/audit.rules
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
Refer to [Service] section of the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service
configuration file for further details.
Government networks often have substantial auditing
requirements and auditd can be configured to meet these
requirements.
Examining some example audit records demonstrates how the Linux audit system
satisfies common requirements.
The following example from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Documentation available at
https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/7/html-single/selinux_users_and_administrators_guide/index#sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Fixing_Problems-Raw_Audit_Messages
shows the substantial amount of information captured in a
two typical "raw" audit messages, followed by a breakdown of the most important
fields. In this example the message is SELinux-related and reports an AVC
denial (and the associated system call) that occurred when the Apache HTTP
Server attempted to access the /var/www/html/file1 file (labeled with
the samba_share_t type):
type=AVC msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): avc: denied { getattr } for pid=2465 comm="httpd"
path="/var/www/html/file1" dev=dm-0 ino=284133 scontext=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0
tcontext=unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0 tclass=file
type=SYSCALL msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): arch=40000003 syscall=196 success=no exit=-13
a0=b98df198 a1=bfec85dc a2=54dff4 a3=2008171 items=0 ppid=2463 pid=2465 auid=502 uid=48
gid=48 euid=48 suid=48 fsuid=48 egid=48 sgid=48 fsgid=48 tty=(none) ses=6 comm="httpd"
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" subj=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0 key=(null)
msg=audit(1226874073.147:96) - The number in parentheses is the unformatted time stamp (Epoch time)
for the event, which can be converted to standard time by using the
date command.
{ getattr } - The item in braces indicates the permission that was denied.
getattr
indicates the source process was trying to read the target file's status information.
This occurs before reading files. This action is denied due to the file being
accessed having the wrong label. Commonly seen permissions include getattr ,
read , and write .
comm="httpd" - The executable that launched the process. The full path of the executable is
found in the
exe= section of the system call (SYSCALL ) message,
which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" .
path="/var/www/html/file1" - The path to the object (target) the process attempted to access.
scontext="unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0" - The SELinux context of the process that attempted the denied action. In
this case, it is the SELinux context of the Apache HTTP Server, which is running
in the
httpd_t domain.
tcontext="unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0" - The SELinux context of the object (target) the process attempted to access.
In this case, it is the SELinux context of
file1 . Note: the samba_share_t
type is not accessible to processes running in the httpd_t domain.
- From the system call (
SYSCALL ) message, two items are of interest:
success=no : indicates whether the denial (AVC) was enforced or not.
success=no indicates the system call was not successful (SELinux denied
access). success=yes indicates the system call was successful - this can
be seen for permissive domains or unconfined domains, such as initrc_t
and kernel_t .
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" : the full path to the executable that launched
the process, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" .
|
Group
Configure auditd Data Retention
Group contains 6 rules |
[ref]
The audit system writes data to /var/log/audit/audit.log . By default,
auditd rotates 5 logs by size (6MB), retaining a maximum of 30MB of
data in total, and refuses to write entries when the disk is too
full. This minimizes the risk of audit data filling its partition
and impacting other services. This also minimizes the risk of the audit
daemon temporarily disabling the system if it cannot write audit log (which
it can be configured to do).
For a busy
system or a system which is thoroughly auditing system activity, the default settings
for data retention may be
insufficient. The log file size needed will depend heavily on what types
of events are being audited. First configure auditing to log all the events of
interest. Then monitor the log size manually for awhile to determine what file
size will allow you to keep the required data for the correct time period.
Using a dedicated partition for /var/log/audit prevents the
auditd logs from disrupting system functionality if they fill, and,
more importantly, prevents other activity in /var from filling the
partition and stopping the audit trail. (The audit logs are size-limited and
therefore unlikely to grow without bound unless configured to do so.) Some
machines may have requirements that no actions occur which cannot be audited.
If this is the case, then auditd can be configured to halt the machine
if it runs out of space. Note: Since older logs are rotated,
configuring auditd this way does not prevent older logs from being
rotated away before they can be viewed.
If your system is configured to halt when logging cannot be performed, make
sure this can never happen under normal circumstances! Ensure that
/var/log/audit is on its own partition, and that this partition is
larger than the maximum amount of data auditd will retain
normally.
|
Rule
Configure auditd flush priority
[ref] | The auditd service can be configured to
synchronously write audit event data to disk. Add or correct the following
line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf to ensure that audit event data is
fully synchronized with the log files on the disk:
flush = incremental_async
| Rationale: | Audit data should be synchronously written to disk to ensure
log integrity. These parameters assure that all audit event data is fully
synchronized with the log files on the disk. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_flush | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1 | disa | CCI-001576 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AU-11, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Set number of records to cause an explicit flush to audit logs
[ref] | To configure Audit daemon to issue an explicit flush to disk command
after writing 50 records, set freq to 50
in /etc/audit/auditd.conf . | Rationale: | If option freq isn't set to 50 , the flush to disk
may happen after higher number of records, increasing the danger
of audit loss. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_freq | References: | | |
|
Rule
Include Local Events in Audit Logs
[ref] | To configure Audit daemon to include local events in Audit logs, set
local_events to yes in /etc/audit/auditd.conf .
This is the default setting. | Rationale: | If option local_events isn't set to yes only events from
network will be aggregated. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_local_events | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-000169 | nist | CM-6 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | stigid | OL08-00-030061 | stigref | SV-248729r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Resolve information before writing to audit logs
[ref] | To configure Audit daemon to resolve all uid, gid, syscall,
architecture, and socket address information before writing the
events to disk, set log_format to ENRICHED
in /etc/audit/auditd.conf . | Rationale: | If option log_format isn't set to ENRICHED , the
audit records will be stored in a format exactly as the kernel sends them. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_log_format | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001487 | nist | CM-6, AU-3 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000255-GPOS-00096, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000096-CTR-000175, SRG-APP-000097-CTR-000180, SRG-APP-000098-CTR-000185, SRG-APP-000099-CTR-000190, SRG-APP-000100-CTR-000195, SRG-APP-000100-CTR-000200, SRG-APP-000109-CTR-000215, SRG-APP-000290-CTR-000670, SRG-APP-000357-CTR-000800 | stigid | OL08-00-030063 | stigref | SV-248731r991589_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Set type of computer node name logging in audit logs
[ref] | To configure Audit daemon to use a unique identifier
as computer node name in the audit events,
set name_format to hostname
in /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Warning:
Whenever the variable var_auditd_name_format uses a multiple value option, for example
A|B|C , the first value will be used when remediating this rule. | Rationale: | If option name_format is left at its default value of
none , audit events from different computers may be hard
to distinguish. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_name_format | References: | disa | CCI-000132, CCI-001851 | nist | CM-6, AU-3 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000039-GPOS-00017, SRG-OS-000342-GPOS-00133, SRG-OS-000479-GPOS-00224 | stigid | OL08-00-030062 | pcidss4 | 10.2.2, 10.2 | stigref | SV-248730r958754_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Write Audit Logs to the Disk
[ref] | To configure Audit daemon to write Audit logs to the disk, set
write_logs to yes in /etc/audit/auditd.conf .
This is the default setting. | Rationale: | If write_logs isn't set to yes , the Audit logs will
not be written to the disk. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_write_logs | References: | | |
|
Group
System Accounting with auditd
Group contains 16 rules |
[ref]
The auditd program can perform comprehensive
monitoring of system activity. This section makes use of recommended
configuration settings for specific policies or use cases.
The rules in this section make use of rules defined in /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION/rules . |
Rule
Configure auditing of unsuccessful file accesses
[ref] | Ensure that unsuccessful attempts to access a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Unsuccessful file access (any other opens) This has to go last.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open,openat,openat2,open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open,openat,openat2,open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open,openat,openat2,open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open,openat,openat2,open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-access
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to access a file might be signs of malicious activity happening within the system. Auditing of such activities helps in their monitoring and investigation. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_access_failed | References: | ism | 0582, 0584, 05885, 0586, 0846, 0957 | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000091-CTR-000160, SRG-APP-000492-CTR-001220, SRG-APP-000493-CTR-001225, SRG-APP-000494-CTR-001230, SRG-APP-000500-CTR-001260, SRG-APP-000507-CTR-001295 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of successful file accesses
[ref] | Ensure that successful attempts to access a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Successful file access (any other opens) This has to go last.
## These next two are likely to result in a whole lot of events
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open,openat,openat2,open_by_handle_at -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open,openat,openat2,open_by_handle_at -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-access
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Auditing of successful attempts to access a file helps in investigation of activities performed on the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_access_success | References: | ism | 0582, 0584, 05885, 0586, 0846, 0957 | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure basic parameters of Audit system
[ref] | Perform basic configuration of Audit system.
Make sure that any previously defined rules are cleared, the auditing system is configured to handle sudden bursts of events, and in cases of failure, messages are configured to be directed to system log.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## First rule - delete all
-D
## Increase the buffers to survive stress events.
## Make this bigger for busy systems
-b 8192
## This determine how long to wait in burst of events
--backlog_wait_time 60000
## Set failure mode to syslog
-f 1
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Warning:
It might happen that Audit buffer configured by this rule is not large enough for certain use cases. If that is the case, the buffer size can be overridden by placing -b larger_buffer_size into a file within /etc/audit/rules.d directory, replacing larger_file_size with the desired value. The file name should start with a number higher than 10 and lower than 99. | Rationale: | Without basic configurations, audit may not perform as expected. It may not be able to correctly handle events under stressful conditions, or log events in case of failure. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_basic_configuration | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000365-GPOS-00152, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of unsuccessful file creations
[ref] | Ensure that unsuccessful attempts to create a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Unsuccessful file creation (open with O_CREAT)
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&0100 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&0100 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&0100 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&0100 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&0100 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&0100 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&0100 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&0100 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-create
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful file creations might be a sign of a malicious action being performed on the system. Keeping log of such events helps in monitoring and investigation of such actions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_create_failed | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000091-CTR-000160, SRG-APP-000492-CTR-001220, SRG-APP-000493-CTR-001225, SRG-APP-000494-CTR-001230, SRG-APP-000500-CTR-001260, SRG-APP-000507-CTR-001295 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of successful file creations
[ref] | Ensure that successful attempts to create a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Successful file creation (open with O_CREAT)
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&0100 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&0100 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&0100 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&0100 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-create
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-create
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Auditing of successful attempts to create a file helps in investigation of actions which happened on the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_create_success | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of unsuccessful file deletions
[ref] | Ensure that unsuccessful attempts to delete a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Unsuccessful file delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to delete a file might be signs of malicious activities. Auditing of such events help in monitoring and investigating of such activities. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_delete_failed | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000501-CTR-001265, SRG-APP-000502-CTR-001270 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of successful file deletions
[ref] | Ensure that successful attempts to delete a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Successful file delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Auditing of successful attempts to delete a file may help in monitoring and investigation of activities performed on the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_delete_success | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205, SRG-OS-000468-GPOS-00212 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure immutable Audit login UIDs
[ref] | Configure kernel to prevent modification of login UIDs once they are set.
Changing login UIDs while this configuration is enforced requires special capabilities which
are not available to unprivileged users.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Make the loginuid immutable. This prevents tampering with the auid.
--loginuid-immutable
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
| Rationale: | If modification of login UIDs is not prevented, they can be changed by unprivileged users and
make auditing complicated or impossible. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_immutable_login_uids | References: | disa | CCI-000162, CCI-000163, CCI-000164 | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000057-GPOS-00027, SRG-OS-000058-GPOS-00028, SRG-OS-000059-GPOS-00029 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000121-CTR-000255, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of unsuccessful file modifications
[ref] | Ensure that unsuccessful attempts to modify a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Unsuccessful file modifications (open for write or truncate)
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&01003 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&01003 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&01003 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&01003 -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&01003 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&01003 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&01003 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&01003 -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-modification
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful file modifications might be a sign of a malicious action being performed on the system. Auditing of such events helps in detection and investigation of such actions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_modify_failed | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000091-CTR-000160, SRG-APP-000492-CTR-001220, SRG-APP-000493-CTR-001225, SRG-APP-000494-CTR-001230, SRG-APP-000500-CTR-001260, SRG-APP-000507-CTR-001295 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of successful file modifications
[ref] | Ensure that successful attempts to modify a file are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Successful file modifications (open for write or truncate)
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&01003 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&01003 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&01003 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&01003 -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate,ftruncate -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-modification
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate,ftruncate -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-modification
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Auditing of successful attempts to modify a file helps in investigation of actions which happened on the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_modify_success | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000458-GPOS-00203, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000461-GPOS-00205 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of loading and unloading of kernel modules
[ref] | Ensure that loading and unloading of kernel modules is audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## These rules watch for kernel module insertion. By monitoring
## the syscall, we do not need any watches on programs.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S init_module,finit_module -F key=module-load
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S init_module,finit_module -F key=module-load
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S delete_module -F key=module-unload
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S delete_module -F key=module-unload
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
| Rationale: | Loading of a malicious kernel module introduces a risk to the system, as the module has access to sensitive data and perform actions at the operating system kernel level. Having such events audited helps in monitoring and investigating of malicious activities. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_module_load | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00216, SRG-OS-000477-GPOS-00222, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220 |
| |
|
Rule
Perform general configuration of Audit for OSPP
[ref] | Configure some basic Audit parameters specific for OSPP profile.
In particular, configure Audit to watch for direct modification of files storing system user and group information, and usage of applications with special rights which can change system configuration.
Further audited events include access to audit log it self, attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information, and attempts to modify MAC controls.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## The purpose of these rules is to meet the requirements for Operating
## System Protection Profile (OSPP)v4.2. These rules depends on having
## the following rule files copied to /etc/audit/rules.d:
##
## 10-base-config.rules, 11-loginuid.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-1-create-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-1-create-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-2-modify-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-2-modify-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-3-access-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-3-access-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-4-delete-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-4-delete-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-5-perm-change-failed.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-5-perm-change-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-6-owner-change-failed.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-6-owner-change-success.rules
##
## original copies may be found in /usr/share/audit/sample-rules/
## User add delete modify. This is covered by pam. However, someone could
## open a file and directly create or modify a user, so we'll watch passwd and
## shadow for writes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
## User enable and disable. This is entirely handled by pam.
## Group add delete modify. This is covered by pam. However, someone could
## open a file and directly create or modify a user, so we'll watch group and
## gshadow for writes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/passwd -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/passwd -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/shadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/shadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/group -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/group -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/gshadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/gshadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
## Use of special rights for config changes. This would be use of setuid
## programs that relate to user accts. This is not all setuid apps because
## requirements are only for ones that affect system configuration.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/usernetctl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/usernetctl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/seunshare -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/seunshare -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newuidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newuidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newgidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newgidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/at -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/at -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/grub2-set-bootflag -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/grub2-set-bootflag -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
## Privilege escalation via su or sudo. This is entirely handled by pam.
## Special case for systemd-run. It is not audit aware, specifically watch it
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/systemd-run -F perm=x -F auid!=unset -F key=maybe-escalation
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/systemd-run -F perm=x -F auid!=unset -F key=maybe-escalation
## Special case for pkexec. It is not audit aware, specifically watch it
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/pkexec -F perm=x -F key=maybe-escalation
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/pkexec -F perm=x -F key=maybe-escalation
## Watch for configuration changes to privilege escalation.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/sudoers -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/sudoers -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/etc/sudoers.d/ -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/etc/sudoers.d/ -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
## Audit log access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/var/log/audit/ -F perm=r -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access-audit-trail
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/var/log/audit/ -F perm=r -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access-audit-trail
## Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/run/utmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/run/utmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/log/btmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/log/btmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/log/wtmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/log/wtmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
## Attempts to modify MAC controls
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/etc/selinux/ -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=MAC-policy
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/etc/selinux/ -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=MAC-policy
## Software updates. This is entirely handled by rpm.
## System start and shutdown. This is entirely handled by systemd
## Kernel Module loading. This is handled in 43-module-load.rules
## Application invocation. The requirements list an optional requirement
## FPT_SRP_EXT.1 Software Restriction Policies. This event is intended to
## state results from that policy. This would be handled entirely by
## that daemon.
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Auditing of events listed in the description provides data for monitoring and investigation of potentially malicious events e.g. tampering with Audit logs, malicious access to files storing information about system users and groups etc. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_ospp_general | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221, SRG-OS-000327-GPOS-00127, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000274-GPOS-00104, SRG-OS-000275-GPOS-00105, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121 |
| Remediation Shell script ⇲Complexity: | low |
---|
Disruption: | low |
---|
Reboot: | false |
---|
Strategy: | restrict |
---|
# Remediation is applicable only in certain platforms
if rpm --quiet -q kernel || rpm --quiet -q kernel-uek; then
cat << 'EOF' > /etc/audit/rules.d/30-ospp-v42.rules
## The purpose of these rules is to meet the requirements for Operating
## System Protection Profile (OSPP)v4.2. These rules depends on having
## the following rule files copied to /etc/audit/rules.d:
##
## 10-base-config.rules, 11-loginuid.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-1-create-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-1-create-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-2-modify-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-2-modify-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-3-access-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-3-access-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-4-delete-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-4-delete-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-5-perm-change-failed.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-5-perm-change-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-6-owner-change-failed.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-6-owner-change-success.rules
##
## original copies may be found in /usr/share/audit/sample-rules/
## User add delete modify. This is covered by pam. However, someone could
## open a file and directly create or modify a user, so we'll watch passwd and
## shadow for writes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
## User enable and disable. This is entirely handled by pam.
## Group add delete modify. This is covered by pam. However, someone could
## open a file and directly create or modify a user, so we'll watch group and
## gshadow for writes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/passwd -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/passwd -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/shadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/shadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/group -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/group -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/gshadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/gshadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
## Use of special rights for config changes. This would be use of setuid
## programs that relate to user accts. This is not all setuid apps because
## requirements are only for ones that affect system configuration.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/usernetctl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/usernetctl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/seunshare -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/seunshare -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newuidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newuidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newgidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newgidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/at -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/at -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/grub2-set-bootflag -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/grub2-set-bootflag -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
## Privilege escalation via su or sudo. This is entirely handled by pam.
## Special case for systemd-run. It is not audit aware, specifically watch it
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/systemd-run -F perm=x -F auid!=unset -F key=maybe-escalation
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/systemd-run -F perm=x -F auid!=unset -F key=maybe-escalation
## Special case for pkexec. It is not audit aware, specifically watch it
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/pkexec -F perm=x -F key=maybe-escalation
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/pkexec -F perm=x -F key=maybe-escalation
## Watch for configuration changes to privilege escalation.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/sudoers -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/sudoers -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/etc/sudoers.d/ -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/etc/sudoers.d/ -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
## Audit log access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/var/log/audit/ -F perm=r -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access-audit-trail
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/var/log/audit/ -F perm=r -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access-audit-trail
## Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/run/utmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/run/utmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/log/btmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/log/btmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/log/wtmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/log/wtmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
## Attempts to modify MAC controls
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/etc/selinux/ -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=MAC-policy
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/etc/selinux/ -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=MAC-policy
## Software updates. This is entirely handled by rpm.
## System start and shutdown. This is entirely handled by systemd
## Kernel Module loading. This is handled in 43-module-load.rules
## Application invocation. The requirements list an optional requirement
## FPT_SRP_EXT.1 Software Restriction Policies. This event is intended to
## state results from that policy. This would be handled entirely by
## that daemon.
EOF
chmod o-rwx /etc/audit/rules.d/30-ospp-v42.rules
augenrules --load
else
>&2 echo 'Remediation is not applicable, nothing was done'
fi
Remediation Ansible snippet ⇲Complexity: | low |
---|
Disruption: | low |
---|
Reboot: | false |
---|
Strategy: | restrict |
---|
- name: Gather the package facts
package_facts:
manager: auto
tags:
- NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
- audit_ospp_general
- low_complexity
- low_disruption
- medium_severity
- no_reboot_needed
- restrict_strategy
- name: Put contents into /etc/audit/rules.d/30-ospp-v42.rules according to policy
copy:
dest: /etc/audit/rules.d/30-ospp-v42.rules
content: |+
## The purpose of these rules is to meet the requirements for Operating
## System Protection Profile (OSPP)v4.2. These rules depends on having
## the following rule files copied to /etc/audit/rules.d:
##
## 10-base-config.rules, 11-loginuid.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-1-create-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-1-create-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-2-modify-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-2-modify-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-3-access-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-3-access-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-4-delete-failed.rules, 30-ospp-v42-4-delete-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-5-perm-change-failed.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-5-perm-change-success.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-6-owner-change-failed.rules,
## 30-ospp-v42-6-owner-change-success.rules
##
## original copies may be found in /usr/share/audit/sample-rules/
## User add delete modify. This is covered by pam. However, someone could
## open a file and directly create or modify a user, so we'll watch passwd and
## shadow for writes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/passwd -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat,open_by_handle_at -F a2&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F a1&03 -F path=/etc/shadow -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
## User enable and disable. This is entirely handled by pam.
## Group add delete modify. This is covered by pam. However, someone could
## open a file and directly create or modify a user, so we'll watch group and
## gshadow for writes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/passwd -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/passwd -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/shadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/shadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=user-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/group -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/group -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/gshadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/gshadow -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=group-modify
## Use of special rights for config changes. This would be use of setuid
## programs that relate to user accts. This is not all setuid apps because
## requirements are only for ones that affect system configuration.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/usernetctl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/usernetctl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/seunshare -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/seunshare -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newuidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newuidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/newgidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/newgidmap -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/at -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/at -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/sbin/grub2-set-bootflag -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/sbin/grub2-set-bootflag -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=special-config-changes
## Privilege escalation via su or sudo. This is entirely handled by pam.
## Special case for systemd-run. It is not audit aware, specifically watch it
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/systemd-run -F perm=x -F auid!=unset -F key=maybe-escalation
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/systemd-run -F perm=x -F auid!=unset -F key=maybe-escalation
## Special case for pkexec. It is not audit aware, specifically watch it
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/usr/bin/pkexec -F perm=x -F key=maybe-escalation
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/usr/bin/pkexec -F perm=x -F key=maybe-escalation
## Watch for configuration changes to privilege escalation.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/etc/sudoers -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/etc/sudoers -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/etc/sudoers.d/ -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/etc/sudoers.d/ -F perm=wa -F key=special-config-changes
## Audit log access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/var/log/audit/ -F perm=r -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access-audit-trail
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/var/log/audit/ -F perm=r -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access-audit-trail
## Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/run/utmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/run/utmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/log/btmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/log/btmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F path=/var/log/wtmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F path=/var/log/wtmp -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=session
## Attempts to modify MAC controls
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -F dir=/etc/selinux/ -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=MAC-policy
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -F dir=/etc/selinux/ -F perm=wa -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=MAC-policy
## Software updates. This is entirely handled by rpm.
## System start and shutdown. This is entirely handled by systemd
## Kernel Module loading. This is handled in 43-module-load.rules
## Application invocation. The requirements list an optional requirement
## FPT_SRP_EXT.1 Software Restriction Policies. This event is intended to
## state results from that policy. This would be handled entirely by
## that daemon.
force: true
when: ("kernel" in ansible_facts.packages or "kernel-uek" in ansible_facts.packages)
tags:
- NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
- audit_ospp_general
- low_complexity
- low_disruption
- medium_severity
- no_reboot_needed
- restrict_strategy
- name: Perform general configuration of Audit for OSPP - Remove any permissions from
group and other
ansible.builtin.file:
path: /etc/audit/rules.d/30-ospp-v42.rules
mode: g-rwx,o-rwx
when: ("kernel" in ansible_facts.packages or "kernel-uek" in ansible_facts.packages)
tags:
- NIST-800-53-AU-2(a)
- audit_ospp_general
- low_complexity
- low_disruption
- medium_severity
- no_reboot_needed
- restrict_strategy
|
|
Rule
Configure auditing of unsuccessful ownership changes
[ref] | Ensure that unsuccessful attempts to change an ownership of files or directories are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Unsuccessful ownership change
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-owner-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-owner-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-owner-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-owner-change
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to change an ownership of files or directories might be signs of a malicious activity. Having such events audited helps in monitoring and investigation of such activities. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_owner_change_failed | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of successful ownership changes
[ref] | Ensure that successful attempts to change an ownership of files or directories are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Successful ownership change
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-owner-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-owner-change
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Auditing of successful ownership changes of files or directories helps in monitoring or investingating of activities performed on the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_owner_change_success | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of unsuccessful permission changes
[ref] | Ensure that unsuccessful attempts to change file or directory permissions are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Unsuccessful permission change
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat,setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-perm-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat,setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-perm-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat,setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-perm-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat,setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-perm-change
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to change permissions of files or directories might be signs of malicious activity. Having such events audited helps in monitoring and investigation of such activities. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_perm_change_failed | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditing of successful permission changes
[ref] | Ensure that successful attempts to modify permissions of files or directories are audited.
The following rules configure audit as described above:
## Successful permission change
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat,setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat,setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Load new Audit rules into kernel by running:
augenrules --load
Note: This rule uses a special set of Audit rules to comply with OSPP 4.2.1. You may reuse this rule in different profiles. If you decide to do so, it is recommended that you inspect contents of the file closely and make sure that they are alligned with your needs. | Rationale: | Auditing successful file or directory permission changes helps in monitoring and investigating of activities performed on the system. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_perm_change_success | References: | nist | AU-2(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1.1.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000463-GPOS-00207, SRG-OS-000465-GPOS-00209, SRG-OS-000474-GPOS-00219, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000064-GPOS-00033 |
| |
|
Rule
Install audispd-plugins Package
[ref] | The audispd-plugins package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo yum install audispd-plugins
| Rationale: | audispd-plugins provides plugins for the real-time interface to the
audit subsystem, audispd . These plugins can do things like relay events
to remote machines or analyze events for suspicious behavior.
| Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_audispd-plugins_installed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure the audit Subsystem is Installed
[ref] | The audit package should be installed. | Rationale: | The auditd service is an access monitoring and accounting daemon, watching system calls to audit any access, in comparison with potential local access control policy such as SELinux policy. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_audit_installed | References: | disa | CCI-000133, CCI-001881, CCI-001875, CCI-000154, CCI-001882, CCI-000158, CCI-001914, CCI-000169, CCI-001464, CCI-001878, CCI-001877, CCI-001889, CCI-000135, CCI-002884, CCI-001487, CCI-003938, CCI-000132, CCI-000134, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-000131, CCI-001879, CCI-001880, CCI-001876, CCI-000159 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b) | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AC-7(a), AU-7(1), AU-7(2), AU-14, AU-12(2), AU-2(a), CM-6(a) | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | pcidss | Req-10.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000038-GPOS-00016, SRG-OS-000039-GPOS-00017, SRG-OS-000040-GPOS-00018, SRG-OS-000041-GPOS-00019, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00021, SRG-OS-000051-GPOS-00024, SRG-OS-000054-GPOS-00025, SRG-OS-000122-GPOS-00063, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000255-GPOS-00096, SRG-OS-000337-GPOS-00129, SRG-OS-000348-GPOS-00136, SRG-OS-000349-GPOS-00137, SRG-OS-000350-GPOS-00138, SRG-OS-000351-GPOS-00139, SRG-OS-000352-GPOS-00140, SRG-OS-000353-GPOS-00141, SRG-OS-000354-GPOS-00142, SRG-OS-000358-GPOS-00145, SRG-OS-000365-GPOS-00152, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220 | stigid | OL08-00-030180 | anssi | R33, R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1, 10.2 | stigref | SV-248519r1015024_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable auditd Service
[ref] | The auditd service is an essential userspace component of
the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to
disk.
The auditd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable auditd.service
| Rationale: | Without establishing what type of events occurred, it would be difficult
to establish, correlate, and investigate the events leading up to an outage or attack.
Ensuring the auditd service is active ensures audit records
generated by the kernel are appropriately recorded.
Additionally, a properly configured audit subsystem ensures that actions of
individual system users can be uniquely traced to those users so they
can be held accountable for their actions. | Severity: | medium | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_auditd_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1, 3.3.2, 3.3.6 | disa | CCI-000133, CCI-001881, CCI-001875, CCI-000154, CCI-001882, CCI-000158, CCI-001914, CCI-000169, CCI-001464, CCI-001878, CCI-001877, CCI-001889, CCI-000135, CCI-002884, CCI-001487, CCI-003938, CCI-000132, CCI-004188, CCI-000134, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-000131, CCI-001879, CCI-001880, CCI-001876 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AC-2(g), AU-3, AU-10, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AU-14(1), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), SI-4(23) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | pcidss | Req-10.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000038-GPOS-00016, SRG-OS-000039-GPOS-00017, SRG-OS-000040-GPOS-00018, SRG-OS-000041-GPOS-00019, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00021, SRG-OS-000051-GPOS-00024, SRG-OS-000054-GPOS-00025, SRG-OS-000122-GPOS-00063, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000255-GPOS-00096, SRG-OS-000337-GPOS-00129, SRG-OS-000348-GPOS-00136, SRG-OS-000349-GPOS-00137, SRG-OS-000350-GPOS-00138, SRG-OS-000351-GPOS-00139, SRG-OS-000352-GPOS-00140, SRG-OS-000353-GPOS-00141, SRG-OS-000354-GPOS-00142, SRG-OS-000358-GPOS-00145, SRG-OS-000365-GPOS-00152, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000095-CTR-000170, SRG-APP-000409-CTR-000990, SRG-APP-000508-CTR-001300, SRG-APP-000510-CTR-001310 | stigid | OL08-00-030181 | anssi | R33, R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1, 10.2 | stigref | SV-248520r1015025_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Auditing for Processes Which Start Prior to the Audit Daemon
[ref] | To ensure all processes can be audited, even those which start
prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit=1 to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
To ensure that audit=1 is added as a kernel command line
argument to newly installed kernels, add audit=1 to the
default Grub2 command line for Linux operating systems. Modify the line within
/etc/default/grub as shown below:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="... audit=1 ..."
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels: # grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="audit=1"
| Rationale: | Each process on the system carries an "auditable" flag which indicates whether
its activities can be audited. Although auditd takes care of enabling
this for all processes which launch after it does, adding the kernel argument
ensures it is set for every process during boot. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_audit_argument | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1 | disa | CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-001464 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AC-17(1), AU-14(1), AU-10, CM-6(a), IR-5(1) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | pcidss | Req-10.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000473-GPOS-00218, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095 | stigid | OL08-00-030601 | pcidss4 | 10.7.2, 10.7 | stigref | SV-248803r958412_rule |
| |
|
Rule
Extend Audit Backlog Limit for the Audit Daemon
[ref] | To improve the kernel capacity to queue all log events, even those which occurred
prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit_backlog_limit=8192 to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
To ensure that audit_backlog_limit=8192 is added as a kernel command line
argument to newly installed kernels, add audit_backlog_limit=8192 to the
default Grub2 command line for Linux operating systems. Modify the line within
/etc/default/grub as shown below:
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="... audit_backlog_limit=8192 ..."
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels: # grubby --update-kernel=ALL --args="audit_backlog_limit=8192"
| Rationale: | audit_backlog_limit sets the queue length for audit events awaiting transfer
to the audit daemon. Until the audit daemon is up and running, all log messages
are stored in this queue. If the queue is overrun during boot process, the action
defined by audit failure flag is taken. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_audit_backlog_limit_argument | References: | disa | CCI-001849, CCI-001464 | nist | CM-6(a) | ospp | FAU_STG.1, FAU_STG.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000341-GPOS-00132, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 | stigid | OL08-00-030602 | pcidss4 | 10.7.2, 10.7 | stigref | SV-248804r958412_rule |
| |
|